Pastries Like a Pro

  • Home
  • Recipes
  • About Helen
  • Mother's Day
  • Subscribe
  • Contact
menu icon
go to homepage
  • Home
  • Recipes
  • About Helen
  • Mother's Day
  • Subscribe
  • Contact
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • LinkedIn
    • Pinterest
    • Twitter
  • subscribe
    search icon
    Homepage link
    • Home
    • Recipes
    • About Helen
    • Mother's Day
    • Subscribe
    • Contact
    • Facebook
    • Instagram
    • LinkedIn
    • Pinterest
    • Twitter
  • ×
    Home

    Fresh Strawberry Recipes That Work

    Modified: May 21, 2025 · Published: May 22, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    The (almost) No bake Strawberry Pie is seen in the pie plate with a wreath of whipped cream and fresh strawberries.

    Strawberry season is one of my favorite times of year, and after more than 35 years of baking professionally, I've learned a thing or two about getting the most out of this glorious fruit. The problems I see most often? Runny fillings, soggy crusts, and strawberry flavor that somehow disappears entirely once it hits the oven. Every recipe in this collection is designed to solve exactly those things.

    The (almost) No bake Strawberry Pie is seen in the pie plate with a wreath of whipped cream and fresh strawberries.

    (Almost) No Bake Strawberry Pie

    Some of my favorites here use Instant ClearJel — a game changer if you've never tried it — which keeps fresh strawberries vibrant and flavorful without cooking them down at all. Others lean on freeze-dried strawberries, chocolate ganache, and a few techniques I picked up from years at the bakery that make the whole process easier than you'd expect.

    Whether you're after a stunning do-ahead torte, a nearly effortless no-bake pie, or a jam that takes strawberries somewhere entirely unexpected, there's something here for every skill level. Let's make the most of those gorgeous berries.

    (Almost) No Bake Strawberry Pie

    The only baking required here is about 13 minutes for the crust — everything else comes together without turning on the oven. The secret is Instant ClearJel, which thickens the fresh strawberry filling without cooking, so the flavor stays pure and the color stays brilliant. If you've never used it, I promise it will change the way you think about fruit desserts. 

    (Almost) No Bake Strawberry Pie

    View post 

    Strawberry Brownies

    These Strawberry Brownies are the kind of unexpected treat that stops people mid-bite — chewy in the center and finished with a strawberry buttercream and chocolate glaze that make them look as good as they taste. They're genuinely simple to pull together, travel well, and slice cleanly, which means they're just as at home on a party platter as they are on a Tuesday night. If you're looking for a way to use strawberries that nobody sees coming, this is it. 

    Strawberry Brownies

    View post 

    Strawberry Balsamic Black Pepper Granita

    Strawberry Balsamic Black Pepper Granita is one of those recipes that sounds fancy but couldn't be simpler — all you need is a blender or processor, a pan, and a fork. The balsamic and black pepper take the strawberry flavor somewhere unexpected, giving it a brightness and depth that a basic Italian ice just doesn't have. If you've never made granita before, this is the perfect place to start. 

    Strawberry Balsamic Black Pepper Granita

    View post 

    Best Of All Strawberry Muffins

    These Best of All Strawberry Muffins use a full pound of fresh strawberries two ways — pureed into the batter for deep, built-in flavor, and folded in as pieces for that sweet-tart burst in every bite. No mixer needed, which makes this one of those recipes I'd hand to a beginner or pull out on a busy morning without a second thought. The processor crumb topping is a smart shortcut that makes the whole thing feel a little extra without any extra fuss. 

    Best Of All Strawberry Muffins

    View post 

    Strawberry Balsamic Jam

    I originally made this at my take-out shop as part of a marinated chicken dish, but the jam is so good it deserves a life of its own. Black pepper and balsamic vinegar take the strawberry flavor out of the ordinary and into a sphere entirely its own. No canning required — just pop it in the refrigerator where it'll keep for months. 

    Strawberry Balsamic Jam

    View post 

    Banana Split Cupcakes

    Banana Split Cupcakes take everything you love about the classic ice cream treat and turn it into something you can hold in one hand — a light banana cake filled with pineapple and finished with a strawberry buttercream and chocolate drizzle. I made these in Texas muffin cups specifically so they could hold all that filling, and that little detail makes a real difference. They're the kind of cupcake that looks like a project but comes together beautifully, and they're sturdy enough to bring to a picnic.

    A Banana Split Cupcake with its strawberry buttercream drizzled with chooolate sits on a white plate .

    View post 

    Strawberry Bread

    This Strawberry Bread is the kind of recipe I love having in my back pocket — one bowl, a whisk, and a few measuring tools, and you're done in minutes. Fresh strawberries go into every bite, so you get real fruit flavor all the way through rather than just a hint of it. It's also a wonderful project to make with kids, which makes it just as practical as it is delicious. 

    Strawberry Bread

    View post

    Simple Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp

    Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp is one of those desserts I reach for when I want all the flavor of a strawberry rhubarb pie with almost none of the effort — no crust to roll, no fuss, just fruit and a golden topping that comes together in minutes. If you've never cooked with rhubarb before, this Simple Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp is genuinely the perfect starting point — it's forgiving, straightforward, and the combination of tart rhubarb and sweet strawberry is one of the great flavor pairings of the season. Think of it as your gateway recipe to one of spring's most underrated ingredients. 

    Simple Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp

    View post 

    Lemon Strawberry Cake

    This one started as a simple lemon cake soaked in lemon syrup for my gluten-free son, and it's become one of my most requested recipes. The almond flour cake takes minutes in the processor, and the no-cook strawberry filling — set with Instant ClearJel — is juicy, shiny, and absolutely beautiful. Naturally gluten free, but sophisticated enough for anyone at the table. 

    Lemon Strawberry Cake

    View post 

    My Best Banana Cake Recipe

    My Best Banana Cake Recipe is a lighter take on banana cake — no heavy buttercream in sight — filled with caramelized pineapple and finished with fresh strawberries and whipped cream, which makes it exactly the kind of summer dessert I love to have on hand. The combination of both butter and oil is a small but smart move that keeps the texture tender without sacrificing any of that deep banana flavor. A make-ahead schedule is built right in, so there's no last-minute scramble when you're ready to serve it. 

    My Best Banana Cake Recipe

    View post

    Strawberry Surprise Cupcake Recipe

    These Strawberry Surprise Cupcakes deliver strawberry flavor two ways — pureed fresh strawberries folded right into the batter, and an intense freeze-dried strawberry buttercream that makes every bite taste like the real thing. The "surprise" is a filling tucked inside, and if I were making them again, I'd go with a standard muffin tin instead of jumbo so you can get the cake, filling, and frosting all in one perfect bite. It's a clever little recipe that thinks through the details so you don't have to. 

    Strawberry Surprise Cupcake Recipe

    View post

    Strawberry Buttercream Frosting

    This Strawberry Buttercream Frosting is the one I reach for when I want strawberry flavor that actually tastes like strawberries — not a vague pink sweetness. The trick is freeze-dried strawberries, where a single 1.2-ounce package packs the intensity of a full pound of fresh fruit, all without the juice that would otherwise water down your frosting. Thirty minutes and you have something genuinely extraordinary.
    Strawberry Buttercream Frosting

    With strawberries at their peak, there's no reason not to try a couple of these winning recipes. Every one is doable and everyone is delicious!

    View post

    My All-Time Favorite Lemon Recipes — From My Bakery & Beyond

    Modified: May 17, 2026 · Published: May 19, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 6 Comments

    Lemon Curd Tarts in rows.

    Lemon is the number two flavor in America, just behind chocolate — and honestly, in my kitchen, it might be number one because it's the brightest of all flavors. After more than 25 years of owning a bakery, I have made lemon desserts in every form imaginable, and my enthusiasm for them has never once faded. Nothing welcomes spring like this bright tart flavor used in all manner of bakery items.

    Lemon Curd Tarts in rows.

    There is something about that bright, sweet-tart flavor that makes every bite feel alive. Whether you are looking for a show-stopping centerpiece cake that will have your guests asking where you got it, a quick and easy bread pudding that comes together in minutes, or a lemon gooey butter cake, this collection has something for everyone.

    I have included recipes that can be made ahead, recipes that are naturally gluten free, and a few that will genuinely surprise you with how simple they are despite their stunning results. These are the lemon recipes I return to again and again — tried, tested, and truly worth your time.

    Triple Lemon Cake - Revised

    This truly special European Style Triple Lemon Cake will have everyone asking where you got it. While elegant and stunning in appearance, it is actually easy to make — the lemon cake, soaking syrup, and topping are simple component parts that can be prepared ahead and assembled when needed. It is a genuine show-stopper. 
    Triple Lemon Cake - Revised
    View post 

    Easy Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding

    This spectacular dessert is based on the Lemon Cheesecake I made at the restaurant, where it was extremely popular and very unusual. The ingredients take a few turns in the processor, are poured over the bread cubes, and into the pan it goes — not much work at all for something this remarkable. Served warm, it is absolutely extraordinary.
    Easy Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding
    View post 

    How to Make Lemon Curd

    Lemon curd can only be described as nectar for the gods, and this bakery-tested version makes the grocery store variety completely obsolete. Ready in under 30 minutes, it is firm enough for piping or standing on its own in a tart that cuts to perfection. The uses are only up to your imagination. As a bonus, it can be frozen.
    How to Make Lemon Curd
    View post

    Lemon Sugar Buns

    These enriched European-style yeast buns are flavored with lemon zest and they take just minutes to come together. Let the dough rest overnight in the fridge and it is sooooo easy to roll out with no springing back whatsoever. The Swedish Pearl Sugar on top lends a crunchy finish that stays white and crisp even after baking. 
    Lemon Sugar Buns
    View post 

    Lemonade Cake with Blueberry Sauce

    This Lemonade Cake with Blueberry Sauce is one of those desserts that looks absolutely stunning — pale yellow sides with deep purple sauce running down them — and tastes every bit as good as it looks. A tart lemon curd folded with whipped cream and meringue over a vanilla wafer crust is already a winner, but that blueberry sauce is something you will find yourself making on repeat for pancakes, waffles, and ice cream long after summer ends. The component parts can all be made ahead and assembled when you are ready, making this a perfect make-ahead showpiece for any warm-weather gathering. This is a no-bake dessert.
    Lemonade Cake With Blueberry Sauce
    View post 

    Blueberry Lemon Poke Cake

    This cake takes a bit of time, but it is so stunning when presented cut that it is worth every single minute. One of the most fascinating aspects of this dessert is that it is not too sweet — it is perfectly balanced so that you remember every bite and want more. An exciting cake that I think will be just as exciting for you. 
    Blueberry Lemon Poke Cake
    View post 

    Split Lemon Layer Cake

    Bright and tangy, this unassuming-looking cake turns into an explosion of flavor in your mouth. What makes it truly unforgettable is the perfect balance of lemon in every single component — the cake, the filling, and the frosting — for the most vibrant flavor imaginable. Each element works together beautifully. 
    Split Lemon Layer Cake
    View post 

    Lemon Strawberry Cake

    This make-ahead, amazingly easy cake is naturally gluten free, which makes it a treat for almost anyone. The cake takes minutes in the processor, is liberally soaked in lemon syrup, and the shiny strawberry filling is a juicy, no-cook recipe that will genuinely enlarge your idea about thickeners. Despite its sophisticated look, it is really doable.

    Lemon Strawberry Cake
    View post 

    Lemon Meringue Cake

    This high-ratio cake is so easy to make that anyone can make it — and it is fast. Undiluted lemonade concentrate is the key ingredient, giving the batter a wallop of flavor that you simply cannot achieve any other way. Layered with lemon curd and fluffy meringue, it is one of my absolute favorites. 
    Lemon Meringue Cake
    View post 

    Lemon Rum Bundt Cake

    This is one of the best pound cakes I have ever eaten — the texture is like velvet on your tongue and the soaking syrup takes it somewhere truly special. Two flours, heavy cream, and no leavening beyond the air beaten into the butter and sugar make for a crumb that is nothing short of extraordinary. Easy to put together and completely unforgettable. 
    Lemon Rum Bundt Cake
    View post 

    Lemon Gooey Butter ake in a Brioche Crust

    This Lemon Gooey Butter Cake in Brioche Crust takes a beloved St. Louis classic and elevates it into something truly extraordinary — the crust is made with my 60 Second Brioche, a method so quick and easy it was featured on the cover of Bon Appetit and used in twelve recipes throughout the article. The rich, gooey lemon filling is paired with a lemon curd that cuts through the sweetness beautifully and makes every bite perfectly balanced. It is indulgent, impressive, and far simpler to pull off than it looks. 
    Lemon Gooey Butter Cake In Brioche Crust
    View post

    Treat your self to one or more to brighten your day!

    Amazing Boston Cream Cupcakes

    Modified: May 15, 2025 · Published: May 15, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 4 Comments

    A Boston Cream Cupcake sits o a small blue and white plate with a server on the side and more cupcakes in the background.

    These Boston Cream Cupcakes with a slight twist are the perfect miniature replica of that wonderful Boston Cream Pie (which is actually a cake)! Just imagine a tender yellow cake, stuffed with a creamy homemade pastry cream (the instant pudding just doesn't do the job) and finished with a hot honey ganache or leave the hot out if that's your preference. And yes, I have a pastry cream that freezes - the same one we used at the bakery.

    Don't be put off by the number of collages. This goes fast and every step can be made ahead of time.

    A Boston Cream Cupcake sits o a small blue and white plate with a server on the side and more cupcakes in the background.

    Stressed for time? Aren't we all? Every part of these miniature wonders can be made ahead of time and assembled when needed. How much easier can this get? I know they don't get better.

    A few more filled cupcakes include the Strawberry Surprise Cupcakes, Banana Split Cupcakes and the Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins which are much more of a cupcake!

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    These Boston Cream Cupcakes are truly Amazing!

    • Each component part can be made ahead of time and frozen.
    • Yes, the pastry cream can be frozen because it doesn't use cornstarch which loses it ability to thicken when thawed.
    • While I prefer jumbo size cupcakes, the regular size works just as well and you get twice as many.
    • Each of the parts takes 20 to 25 minutes to make (not counting the baking time) so they can be fit in whenever.
    • Last but not least - these are worth any amount of time - they are that good.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Pastry Cream (Creme Patissiere)

    The ingredients for the pastry cream are milk, egg yolks, granulated sugar, flour, unsalted butter and vanilla,

    FRONT ROW: All-purpose flour, unsalted butter and vanilla extract

    BACK ROW: Granulated sugar, egg yolks and milk

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    Ingredients for the Yellow Buttermilk Cake include egg yolks, buttermilk, vanilla, cake flour, granulated sugar, baking powder, baking soda, salt and unsalted butter.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, baking soda, vanilla extract, baking powder

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter, egg yolks

    BACK ROW: Granulated sugar, cake flour, buttermilk

    Hot Honey Ganache

    Hot  honey ganache ingredients include honey, chocolate, heavy cream, butter and cayenne pepper.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, cayenne pepper

    BACK ROW: Honey, semisweet chocolate, heavy cream

    Key Ingredients

    • Egg yolks are used not only for taste but also for their ability to thicken.
    • The butter must be very soft (about 74° to 76°F but not runny for this recipee to work.
    • All-purpose flour is used as an additional thickening agent. Cornstarch breaks down if frozen and can become watery if held in the fridge.
    • Buttermilk adds tenderness to the cake and helps keep it moist.
    • Cake flour with its lower protein count, keeps the cake tender and light.
    • Both baking soda and baking powder are used as leavening agents. The baking soda neutralizes the acid in the buttermilk aiding the baking powder in helping the cake to rise.
    • The vanilla - here I use pure Tahitian Vanilla for its unmatched taste. It can be found in various places on the web. For the bakery, I bought it from Olive Nation as they had the best price. See below for more information on this vanilla.
    • My chocolate of choice has always been Callebaut #811 Chocolate Callets but I have switched to Trader Joe's pound plus. It is a superb semisweet chocolate made in Belgium which is known for their chocolates. The price difference per pound is huge due in large part to the tariffs. Pictured above is the Callebaut.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Why Tahitian Vanilla?

    I am a huge fan of tahitian vanilla - but only for certain recipes. While Madagascar Bourbon vanilla is the most used pure vanilla, tahitian vanilla is preferred by pastry chefs for its floral, fruity, sweet etheral and delicate flavor.

    As such it is best used when vanilla is the upfront flavor such as pastry cream, butter cookies, whipped cream and creme brulees. While many say it is best used for cold desserts, I used it at the bakery for all of those listed above. There was a noticeable difference in taste when other vanillas were used and despite its high cost, we always went back to it.

    It can be found in various places on the web. For the bakery, I bought it from Olive Nation as they had the best price. Neilson Massey is fine but they are always more expensive in all of their products. This is one of the most expensive and sought-after types of vanilla, due to their unique flavor profile and rarity. It is also produced in smaller batches.

    About This Pastry Cream

    This is a variation of my normal pastry cream that is set with flour and gelatin. This insured that the pastry cream would hold an edge if piped and could sit for a bit at room temperature when catered without softening and druping. This combination also ensures that the pastry cream can be frozen and thawed without breaking down as cornstarch does.

    For this pastry cream, I wanted something softer to fill the cupcakes so I omitted the gelatin and added butter. This pastry cream can also be frozen.

    Most pastry cream recipes call for straining the pastry cream after it is cooked. It is far easier to strain it before cooking it.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Pastry Cream

    This collage for pastry cream shows the sugar and egg yolks in a bowl, whisked together, the flour added and everything combined.

    Step 1. Place the egg yolks and sugar in a bowl. Step 2. Whisk together until combined. Step 3. Add the flour. Step 4. Whisk together.

    This collage shows the milk being added, whisked in, strained over the saucepan and the residue in the strainer.

    Step 5. Add the hot milk. Step 6. Whisk the ingredients so they are completely combined. Step 7. Place a strainer over the pot this will be cooked in. Step 8. Pour the mixture through the strainer to catch all the little lumps that would ruin your pastry cream.

    The last pastry cream collage shows the mixture transferred to a saucepan, brought to a boil, butte added and the pastry cream finished.

    Step 9. The strained pastry cream in a saucepan. Step 10. Stirring constantly, bring the pastry cream to a boil and boil for 1 minute to thicken it. Step 11. Remove the pan from the heat and add the butter. Step 12. Whisk in the butter, pour the cream into a storage container, cover the top directly with plastic wrap and let it cool to near room temperature. Refrigerate up to 3 days or freeze for several months. Thaw in the cooler to use.

    Cake

    The first collage for the cake shows the egg yolks, buttermilk and vanilla in a small bowl, whisked together, the flour, baking powder and baking soda in a mixing bowl and then mixed.

    Step 13. Place the egg yolks, ¼ cup of buttermilk and vanilla in a small bowl. Step 14. Whisk together. Step 15. Place the cake flour, sugar, baking powder and baking soda in the bowl of a mixer. Step 16. Mix briefly to combine.

    The butter and remaining buttermilk are added to the dry ingredients in the mixing bowl, the batter is brought together, ⅓ ov the egg mixture is added and beaten in.

    Step 17. Add the very soft butter and remaining buttermilk to the dry ingredients. Step 18. Mix on low to medium to moisten the ingredients. Then raise to medium and beat for 2 minutes. Scrape down. Step 19. Add ⅓ of the egg mixture, beating for 30 seconds on medium after each addition.

    The final collage for the cake show the last of the egg mixture in, and the final batter, the  cupcakes filled and baked.

    Step 21. This is the last third of the egg mixture added. Step 22. Beat for 30 seconds to complete the batter. Step 23. Fill the cupcake papers ¾ full. A number 6 disher/scooper works well here. There will be 7 or 8 cupcakes. Step 23. Bake as directed. Cool on a rack. Use immediately or freeze for several months, wrapping well in foil.

    Assembly

    This collage shows the pastry cream being whisked, the top cut from the cupcake, the insert with the pointed end and the pointed end being cut offg, the cupcakes filled.

    Step 25. Whisk the pastry cream to loosen it. Do not over whisk. It should still be stiff. Step 26. Remove the papers from the cupcakes. Brush off all of the crumbs on the sides and bottom. I did this with my hand. Make a hole for the pastry cream by cutting the top at an angle to hold the filling. Step 27. Remove the insert and cut the pointed edge off so it is about ¼" deep. I should have cut almost to the bottom but not through it and taken more of the cake out so more pastry cream could be piped or spoon in. Step 28. Fill the cupcakes to within ¼ inch deep and replace the top. Freeze the cupcakes at this point while preparing the ganache. It is easiest to dip the cupcakes if they are partially frozen so the top stays in place. 15 to 20 minutes usually does the job.

    Hot Honey Ganache

    The last collages shows the hot honey ganache ingredients in a saucepan heated to  steaming the chocolate submerged, a cupcake turned upside down and the finished chocolate topped cupcakes.

    You will be making more ganache than is needed in order to be able to dip the seven or 8 cupcakes. The remainder is excellent when warmed and thinned slightly with more cream as a sauce for ice cream, pound cake or anything needing a chocolate sauce.

    Step 28. Place the ingredients in a saucepan.Heat just until steamy hot but not boiling. Step 30. Submerge the chocolate under the hot mixture and let it sit for about 4 to 5 minutes. Step 31. Stir or whisk gently to avoid air bubbles until smooth. Let the ganache sit for about 5 minutes. Remove the cupcakes from the freezer and brush off all the crumbs again to keep the ganache crumb free. Then dip each cupcake, upside down, into the ganache. Step 32. Place it on a parchment paper to set up.

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Do Boston Cream Cupcakes need to be refrigerated?

    Yes. Because they contain pastry cream filling. Boston Cream Cupcakes should always be refrigerated after assembling. Let them sit at room temperature for about 15 minutes before serving for the best flavor and texture.

    Can Boston Cream Cupcakes be made ahead of time?

    Yes — and they’re often even better the next day. The pastry cream has time to set and the cupcake becomes extra moist. Store them covered in the refrigerator for up to 3 days for the best texture and flavor.

    What chocolate works best for the ganache topping?

    Semi-sweet chocolate is the classic choice because it balances the sweetness of the pastry cream and cake. Dark chocolate creates a more elegant flavor.

    Storage and Freezing

    The cupcakes must be refrigerated after being made. They can sit out for 15 or 20 minutes prior to serving to take the chill off.

    All of the component parts for this recipe can be frozen separately. The pastry cream should be thawed in the fridge while the cupcakes and ganache can be thawed at room temperature.

    Additionally, the entire cupcakes can be frozen, well wrapped and thawed in the fridge.

    Expert Tips

    • The pastry cream should come to a boil and cook for 1 full minute to ensure it's thickness when done.
    • Either whole or 2% milk may be used. Whole milk makes a slightly thicker pastry cream and is more luxurious.
    • It is important to put the liquid mixture through a strainer to catch the hard, white chalazae which is two strands of protein that anchors the yolk in the middle of the egg. When cooked they are hard. Straining the liquid mixture before it is cooked is not only important it is easier than the old fashioned method of straining it after it is cooked and thickened.
    • Once the sugar and egg yolks are combined in a bowl, whisk them immediately or a chemical reaction takes place causing the sugar to absorb the moisture out of the raw egg yolks, causing them to dehydrate, congeal, and form hard, irreversible lumps which is irreversible. As soon as they are combined, add the milk.
    • Use the mixing times given when making the cake batter. It is important to the texture of the baked cake.
    • When cutting the center out of the cupcakes, go close to the bottom but not through it. Make the hole large enough to hold a generous amount of filling. Fill to within ¼" of the top.
    • The very top of the cupcake that has been cut out should be cut to ¼" and replaced over the pastry cream.
    • It is easiest to dip the cupcakes if they are frozen for 20 to 25 minutes so the top stays in place when they are dipped into the ganache.
    • For the best looking cupcakes, remove the paper cups and brush off all of the crumbs. I just used my hand to go around the edges and bottom. This is key to keep the crumbs from contaminating the ganache.
    • Refrigerate the completed cupcakes after dipping them or freeze them for longer storage. Freeze until hard, then wrap in plastic wrap and foil where they will last a couple of months. Thaw in the fridge.
    • There will be ganache left over. It is the nature of the beast that it takes a lot to be able to dip them. Great uses for the leftover ganache is to heat it briefly if cold, add a bit more cream and you have the greatest chocolate sauce ever to use on ice cream, cake or anywhere you want.
    Boston Cream Cupcakes sit on a plate edged with flowers and leaves.

    More Tasty pick up treats

    • French Beignets with coffee
      Irresistible French Beignets - A Weekend Treat
    • Apple Fritters with Speculass Spice
      Apple Fritters with Speculaas Spice
    • Crumb Topped Orange Date Muffins
      Crumb Topped Orange Date Muffins
    • Basic muffins are shown plain and with sanding sugar glistening on top.
      A Perfectly Easy Basic Muffin Mix

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A Boston Cream Cupcake sits o a small blue and white plate with a server on the side and more cupcakes in the background.

    Amazing Boston Cream Cupcakes

    Helen S. Fletcher
    These Boston Cream Cupcakes with a slight twist are the perfect miniature replica of that wonderful Boston Cream Pie (which is actually a cake)! And yes, I have a pastry cream that freezes - the same one we used at the bakery.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 2 hours hrs
    Cook Time 25 minutes mins
    Total Time 2 hours hrs 25 minutes mins
    Course Cupcakes
    Cuisine American
    Servings 7 cupcakes
    Calories 1053 kcal

    Equipment

    • Jumbo or regular cupcake pans
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pastry Cream

    • 1 ⅓ cup milk, hot
    • 4 large egg yolks
    • ½ cup granulated sugar
    • ¼ cup all-purpose flour
    • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter
    • 1 teaspoon Tahitian vanilla or other pure vanilla

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    • 4 large egg yolks
    • ⅔ cup buttermilk
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla
    • 2 ¼ cups cake flour (225 grams)
    • 1 ¼ cup granulated sugar (225 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • 1 teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ teaspoon salt
    • ¾ cup unsalted butter, softened (170 grams)

    Hot Honey Ganache

    • ½ cup heavy cream
    • ¼ cup honey
    • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter
    • ¼ teaspoon cayenne pepper, optional
    • 10 ounces semisweet chocolate (280 grams)

    Instructions
     

    Pastry Cream

    • This must be made at least a day ahead or several days ahead. It can also be frozen and thawed in the fridge overnight.
    • Whisk the egg yolks and sugar together in a non-reactive bowl. Whisk in the flour.
    • Add the hot milk making sure they are completely combined.
    • Pour the mixture through a strainer over a medium size saucepan. Place over medium heat and, stirring constantly, bring to a boil. Boil for 1 minute, stirring constantly to avoid lumps.
    • Remove from the heat and add the butter and vanilla, whisking them into the hot pastry cream. Pour into a storage container, cover with plastic wrap and bring to near room temperature. Refrigerate immediately.

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    • The butter must be very soft but not runny for this recipe. A temperature of 74°F to 76°F is ideal.
    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line 7 to 8 jumbo muffin cups with paper liners or 14 to 16 regular size muffin cups. Set aside.
    • Whisk the yolks, ¼ of the buttermilk and the vanilla in a small bowl. Set aside.
    • In the bowl of a mixer, place the cake flour, sugar, baking powder and baking soda. Mix to combine.
    • Add the butter and the remaining buttermilk. Mix on low to moisten the ingredients, then raise the speed to medium and beat for 2 minutes. Scrape down.
    • Add the egg yolk mixture in thirds, beating 30 seconds after each addition. Scrap down between additions.
    • Fill the muffin cups ¾ full. Bake the jumbo cups for 20 to 22 minutes. Bake the regular size for 15 to 18 minutes. The cupcakes will be golden brown, spring back when lightly touched or when a tester comes out clean. Cool for about 10 minutes or until they can be safely handled. Remove them to cooling racks to cool completely.
    • if not using immediately, freeze until hard and wrap well in foil where they will keep for a couple of months. Thaw on cooling racks.

    Assembly

    • Hollow out the cupcakes by cutting almost to the bottom being careful not to go through the bottom. Hold the knife at an angle while cutting. Remove the cake that has been cut out, keeping the top intact. Trim the top to ¼" deep.
    • Remove the pastry cream from the fridge and whisk it smooth it out. Do not over whisk as you want this to remain firm but smooth. Place it in a pastry bag fit with a ½" plain tip and fill the cupcakes to within ¼" from the top. Place the trimmed top on top, pressing down to even it with the top of the cupcake.
    • Remove the cupcakes from their liners and brush off all the crumbs on the side and bottom. I just used my hand to go around the outside edges several times. This will keep crumbs from contaminating the ganache when they are dipped.
    • Place them in the freezer while you make the ganache.

    Hot Honey Ganache

    • Combine all of the ingredients except the chocolate in a small saucepan and heat until steamy hot but do not let it boil. Remove it from the heat and add the chocolate.
    • Let it sit for 4 or 5 minutes, then stir or whisk very gently until completely combined. Do not be too enthusiastic if using a whisk or you risk getting air bubbles in the ganache.
    • For the easiest way to dip the cupcakes, make sure the top is frozen in place. Go around the cupcakes again to make sure there are no crumbs.
    • Pick up a cupcake and dip it into the ganache upside down. Place it on parchment paper to set.
    • Store in the refrigerator until serving. Pull them out 15 to 20 minutes prior to serving to take chill off. Keep any remaining in the refrigerator for up to 3 days.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest. 
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ________________________________________________
    The pastry cream should come to a boil and cook for 1 full minute to ensure it's thickness when done.
    Either whole or 2% milk may be used. Whole milk makes a slightly thicker pastry cream and is more luxurious.
    It is important to put the liquid mixture through a strainer to catch the hard, white chalazae which is two strands of protein that anchors the yolk in the middle of the egg. When cooked they are hard. Straining the liquid mixture before it is cooked is not only important it is easier than the old fashioned method of straining it after it is cooked and thickened.
    Once the sugar and egg yolks are combined in a bowl, whisk them immediately or a chemical reaction takes place causing the sugar to absorb the moisture out of the raw egg yolks, causing them to dehydrate, congeal, and form hard, irreversible lumps which is irreversible. As soon as they are combined, add the milk. 
    Use the mixing times given when making the cake batter. It is important to the texture of the baked cake. 
    When cutting the center out of the cupcakes, go close to the bottom but not through it. While you do not want to hollow out the cupcake, make the hole large enough add filling up to ¼" from the top. 
    The very top of the cupcake that has been cut out should be cut to ¼" and replaced over the pastry cream.
    It is easiest to dip the cupcakes if they are frozen for 20 to 25 minutes so the top stays in place when they are dipped into the ganache.
    For the best looking cupcakes, remove the paper cups and brush off all of the crumbs. I just used my hand to go around the edges and bottom. This is key to keep the crumbs from contaminating the ganache.
    Refrigerate the completed cupcakes after dipping them or freeze them for longer storage. Freeze until hard, then wrap in plastic wrap and foil where they will last a couple of months. Thaw in the fridge. 
    There will be ganache left over. It is the nature of the beast that it takes a lot to be able to dip them. Great uses for the leftover ganache is to heat it briefly if cold, add a bit more cream and you have the greatest chocolate sauce ever to use on ice cream, cake or anywhere you want. 
    If your honey granulates and isn't liquid, microwave it for about 5 seconds to liquify it again. Alternatively, it can be placed over hot water.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8cupcakesCalories: 1053kcalCarbohydrates: 118gProtein: 14gFat: 59gSaturated Fat: 35gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 17gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 318mgSodium: 449mgPotassium: 433mgFiber: 4gSugar: 79gVitamin A: 1602IUVitamin C: 0.2mgCalcium: 195mgIron: 4mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    The Only Muffin Recipes You'll Ever Need — All From a Bowl and a Whisk!

    Modified: May 11, 2025 · Published: May 12, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    After more than 25 years of owning a professional bakery, I can tell you with complete confidence that truly spectacular muffins don't require fancy equipment or complicated techniques. A bowl, a whisk, a few measuring utensils — that's really all it takes. What matters most is the recipe itself, and over the years I've developed and refined a collection I'm genuinely proud of. Whether you're after something bursting with fresh fruit, swirled with jam, loaded with chocolate, or crowned with a crunchy streusel, there is something here for every muffin craving imaginable.

    Several of these come together in literal minutes, many freeze beautifully, and more than a few are perfect projects to make with young ones. From the Olympic-inspired Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins to the irresistible Brown Sugar Almond Crumb on the Blueberry Crumb Muffins, every recipe in this roundup has earned its place. These are the muffins I make again and again — and once you try them, I think you'll understand why.

    Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)

    If you're looking for soft, tender cinnamon coffee cake muffins that taste like they came straight from a bakery case, there's no need to look any further. A streusel topping is mixed with a fork and set aside, then the batter comes together with nothing more than a bowl and a whisk. Pockets of melted cinnamon chips throughout make these taste just like a coffee cake — only easier. 

    Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)

    View post 

    Blueberry Crumb Muffins

    Tender, cake-like muffins loaded with blueberries and finished with a Brown Sugar Almond Crumb that makes them absolutely irresistible. I prefer wild blueberries when I can find them — smaller, more intense in flavor, and worth snatching up on sight. This is easily one of the best and most straightforward muffins you'll ever make. 

    Blueberry Crumb Muffins

    View post 

    Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins

    This is my riff on the Olympic chocolate muffin that took Paris by storm during the Paris Games — translated from grams into volume and interpreted in my own way. The cakey part of the muffin is outstanding and comes together in literally minutes with no mixer needed. And that truffle filling right in the middle? It makes this one of the most exciting recipes in my entire muffin repertoire. 

    Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins

    View post 

    Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe

    Super easy, super fast, and honestly one of the best muffins I make — the key is lots of apples and a crunchy sugar topping that isn't exactly a crumb but a close cousin you're sure to love. The topping alone is worth the entire muffin. Even better, it freezes beautifully and comes out of the freezer just as crisp and crunchy as when it left the oven. 

    Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe

    View post 

    A Cranberry Orange Muffin

    Cranberries team up beautifully with other fruits, and nowhere better than in these vibrant muffins brightened with orange zest. One of my most favorite things about fall is cranberries arriving around the middle of October, and this is a perfect recipe to put them to use. A touch of almond extract alongside the vanilla rounds out the flavor in the most lovely way. Frozen cranberries can be found year around in the freezer cases of grocery stores - so there's no need to wait until the fall!

    A Cranberry Orange Muffin

    View post 

    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins

    Two bowls, a whisk, a rubber spatula — combine the dry ingredients in one, the liquid in another, mix them together, plop them in the cups, and into the oven they go. A few minutes later you have hot pumpkin muffins with pecan streusel that are perfect for breakfast, brunch, or any time of day. They freeze well too. What more can you ask of a muffin? 

    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins

    View post 

    Peanut Butter & Jam Muffins

    You don't have to be a kid to love peanut butter and jelly — no matter your age, this satisfies that craving every single time. It's important to use jam rather than jelly here, as jelly has a tendency to run out in the heat of the oven while the thicker jams stay put. Any flavor of jam works, and the whole thing comes together in no time with ingredients you likely already have on hand. 

    Peanut Butter & Jam Muffins

    View post 

    Best of All Strawberry Muffins

    Fresh strawberries are used two ways here — pureed into the batter to intensify the flavor and cut into pieces for bursts of sweet, tart fruit throughout. A full pound of the ripest, most flavorful strawberries you can find goes into every batch. No mixer needed, which makes this a great recipe to make with children and one of the easiest in my bowl-and-a-whisk collection.

    Best of All Strawberry Muffins

    View post

    So get out a bowl, a whisk and a few measuring utensils and you'll have the best muffins that are oh so easy to make!

    7 Quick Wins for Mother's Day

    Modified: May 5, 2026 · Published: May 7, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A stack of Simple Samoa cookie Bars.

    Mothers are special and these recipes are sure to please. If you're really pressed for time, take a look at the new category for No Bake Recipes.

    A stack of Simple Samoa cookie Bars.
    Strawberry Cake - A little Slice of Heaven
    This Strawberry Cake features the easiest, best white cake you'll ever make teamed with an easy to make American buttercream that actually tastes like a strawberry party in your mouth. Whip up a cloud of cream and you're almost done. Of course, I include make ahead steps for your convenience.
    Check out this recipe
    Slices of Strawberry Cake on a marble plate.
    Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins
    This easy muffing comes together quickly with No mixer needed and it comes together in literally minutes. A very special treat for a chocolate lover.
    Check out this recipe
    A stack of Simple Samoa cookie Bars.
    Simple Samoa Cookie Bars
    These Samoa Cookie Bars are the essence of minimum work for maximum flavor. A melt in your mouth shortbread crust topped with homemade caramel (you can do it, it's foolproof) chock full of toasted coconut with the bottoms dipped in chocolate. Just like the Girl Scout cookie version but in a much simpler form.
    Check out this recipe
    Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake
    This Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake is the perfect cake for crumb lovers. The ratio of crumbs to cake is almost equal and that's my type of coffee cake. A river of cinnamon apples runs through a sour cream coffee cake that stays softly delicious for days under a cake cover.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Coconut Tart
    The only way to adequately describe this Chocolate Coconut Tart is to think Mounds Bars. This unusual tart comprises a sublime mixture of cream of coconut, white chocolate, a touch of sour cream and a lot of coconut in a chocolate crust. You'll especially like the no bake aspect of making this.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Chocolate Coconut Tart sits on a lace edged white plate with a red napkin and a fork behind it.
    A lice of the Chocolate Strawberry Pie sits on a white and green plate with an orange runner behind it,
    Chocolate Strawberry Pie
    If you love chocolate covered strawberries (and who doesn't) this Chocolate Strawberry Pie is for you. Gorgeous looking and delicious, it's a snap to make.
    Check out this recipe
    Easy Decorated Shortbread Cookies
    The shortbread cookies are a snap to make in any shapes you like and this post shows you a variety of easy but gorgeous ways of decorating them without a piping bag.
    Check out this recipe
    A variety of ways to decorate shortbread cookies.

    Happy Mother's Day to all the mothers and grandmothers who celebrate their special day.

    Strawberry Crumb Tart Recipe

    Modified: May 5, 2025 · Published: May 5, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    A slice of the Strawberry Crumb Tart on an antique plate with a fork and the tart in the background.

    What could be more inviting than this Strawberry Crumb Tart? Fresh strawberries on top of Nutella along with an unusual shaping technique that requires no tart pan. It's quickly mixed in the processor with an easy assembly. While it's best eaten freshly made, I'll show you how to manage the assembly ahead of time.

    A slice of the Strawberry Crumb Tart on an antique plate with a fork and the tart in the background.

    Fresh strawberries on top of Nutella ensure a combination that's hard to beat. The technique of assembling this is easy and quick.

    Be sure to check out these other strawberry recipes. Strawberry Bread, Strawberry Cake - A little taste of Heaven, (Almost) No Bake Strawberry Pie, Chocolate Strawberry Pie, and Strawberry Surprise Cupcakes.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Recipe Ingredients

    Crumb Topping

    Ingredients for the Crumb Topping are unsalted butter, granulated sugar, brown sugar, cake flour and almond extract,

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted Butter, almond extract

    BACK ROW: Cake flour, brown sugar and granulated sugar

    Pastry Dough

    Ingredients for the pastry dough are yeast,  all-purpose flour, unsalted butter, sour cream granulated sugar, egg yolk. vanilla extract and water

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla extract, granulated sugar, instant yeast, water

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted Butter

    BACK ROW: All-purpose flour, egg yolk, sour cream

    Assembly

    For the assembly the ingredients used are fresh strawberries, nutella, an egg, and powdered sugar.

    FRONT ROW: Strawberries, an egg

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar, Nutella

    Be sure to see the recipe card below foar the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Crumb Topping

    for the crumb topping the flour is in the processor, the butter is added, the crumbs are made.

    Step 1. Place the flour, granulated and brown sugar in the processor bowl. Pulse to mix. Step 2. Cut the cold butter into pieces. Place the butter over the dry ingredients. Step 3.  Pulse the processor until the crumbs form. Do not over process or a paste will form. Step 4. Transfer to a bowl and refrigerate until needed.

    Pastry Dough

    For the pastry dough the flour is added to t he processor and processed to mix, the cold butter is cubed and added, the remainder of the ingredients are added and processed to form the dough.

    Step 5. Place the flour in the processor bowl and pulse to mix. Step 6. Add the cold cubed butter and process until indistinguishable. Step 7. Combine the water, vanilla and yeast, stir to mix. Add this along with the remainder of the ingredients. Step 8. Process until a ball forms.

    The dough is shaped into a ball, rolled out, and a 10" circle is cut out.

    Step 9. Shape the dough into a flat round. Refrigerate if too chill or overnight. Step 10. Roll the dough slightly bigger than 10". Step 11. Place a 10" cake round, plate or lid on top. Step 12. Cut out the 10" round. Place on parchment paper, transfer to a half sheet and chill while assembling the ingredients for the tart.

    Assembly

    Whole Strawberries are cut in half, a Bowl is placed in the center of the pastry, Nutella is spread to within ¼" of the edge of the pstry and the strawberry halvescover it,

    Step 13. Select 8 to 10 strawberries of the same size. Step 14. Trim the tops and cut them in half. Step 15. Place a 5 to 6" bowl in the center of the pastry round. Spread the Nutella to within ¼' of the edge. It is easiest to do this with the back of a spoon. Step 16. Place the strawberry halves on top of the Nutella with the sides touching.

    This collage shows the edge being crimped, the center of the dough and turned over the strawberries.

    Step 17. To crimp the edges use your index finger and just push the dough in. Step 18. Remove the bowl and cut the center of the exposed dough into eighths. This is easily done with a pizza cutter. Step 19. Turn the dough triangles over the strawberries. Step 20. Complete the tart.

    The final collages shows the egg beaten, the trt egg washed, the crumbs added and the baked tart powdered sugared.

    Step 21. Beat an egg until no white is showing. Step 22. Egg wash the top of the pastry, including the egg. This will hold the crumbs on. Step 23. Press the crumbs onto the tart and bake as directed. Step 24. After the tart is cooled, dust it lightly with powdered sugar.

    Make Ahead Instructions

    Prepare the tart through Step 15. Remove the bowl and cover with plastic wrap. Refrigerate or freeze overnight or up to several days. When ready to finish, remove it from the fridge or freezer. If using from the fridge, finish the tart as above placing the bowl back on the pastry before adding the strawberries. If removing from the freezer, allow to thaw but keep it cold.

    This Tart should be eaten the same day it is made.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Can frozen strawberries be used for the Strawberry Crumb Tart?

    No, only firm but ripe, fresh strawberries should be used. They will soften in the oven but the frozen ones will be limp, soft and moist before going into the oven and will become soggy ruining the tart.

    What makes this Strawberry Crumb Tart different?

    There is no tart pan needed to make this tart. It is made on the sheet pan on which it is baked.

    Why do the strawberries need to be the same size?

    To fill the tart shell equally around and prevent smaller ones from baking faster and exuding too much juice. There is no thickening in this tart

    Expert Tips

    • Cold is the key with the pastry. If it warms up too much it will be harder to transfer to the parchment paper.
    • The strawberries should be about 2" long after trimming to cover the Nutella and keep their shape after baking.
    • After egg washing the completed tart, make sure to press the crumbs in place so they don't fall off during baking. The egg wash will act as a glue.
    • Use more or less crumbs as desired. Store the remainder in the freezer to use on muffins, quick breads, other tarts or coffee cakes.
    • The almond extract can be changed to vanilla according to your preference.
    • Don't over bake the tart. The pastry should just start to color.
    • Despite the fact there is yeast in the dough, it never rises before using.
    A slice of the Strawberry Crumb Tart on an antique plate with a fork and the tart in the background.

    A few more strawberry offerings

    • Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.
      Strawberry Brownies
    • Slices of the Strawberry Cake sit on a marble plate with fresh strawberries.
      Strawberry Cake - A Little Slice of Heaven
    • A lone Banana Split Cupcake with its vibrant pink strawberry buttercream and drizzled with chocolate sits on a pink rimmed plate.
      Banana Split Cupcakes
    • A plate of Viennese Whirls with strawberry and chocolate filling in front of gift boxes.
      Viennese Whirl Cookies

    If you love this recipe or any other recipe on my website, please leave a 🌟 star rating in the recipe card and let me know how it went the in 📝 comments below. Thank you and I appreciate each of you being here.

    A slice of the Strawberry Crumb Tart on an antique plate with a fork and the tart in the background.

    Strawberry Crumb Tart Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    What could be more inviting than this Strawberry Crumb Tart? Fresh strawberries on top of Nutella along with an unusual shaping technique that requires no tart pan. It's quickly mixed in the processor with an easy assembly.
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr
    Cook Time 18 minutes mins
    Chilling dough 30 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 48 minutes mins
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine American
    Servings 8 servings
    Calories 355 kcal

    Equipment

    • Food Processor
    • ½ sheet pan
    • Small bowl with 5 ½ to 6" top diameter
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Crumb Topping

    • ¼ cup unsalted butter, cold (58 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons brown sugar (35 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons granulated sugar (35 hgrams)
    • ⅔ cup cake flour (75 grams)
    • ½ teaspoon almond extract

    Pastry Dough

    • 2 teaspoons warm water
    • ¾ teaspoon instant yeast
    • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
    • ¼ cup unsalted butter, cold (58 grams)
    • 1 cup all-purpose flour (140 grams)
    • ¼ cup sour cream (58 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons granulated sugar (40 grams)
    • 1 large egg yolk

    Assembly

    • 10 2 ½" strawberries *
    • ⅓ to ½ cup Nutella
    • 1 large egg
    • powdered sugar as needed
    • *The strawberries need to be the same size. They should be ripe but firm and not overly ripe.

    Instructions
     

    Crumb Topping

    • The butter needs to be cold. Cut it into small cubes.
    • Place the cake flour, granulated and brown sugars in the bowl of a processor. Process to mix completely.
    • Add the butter and almond extract. Pulse to form crumbs. Do not over process or it will become a paste. Refrigerate until needed. This can be made a few days ahead and kept covered in the fridge.

    Pastry Dough - Despite the fact that this dough has yeast in it, it is never put to rise.

    • The butter needs to be refrigerator cold. Cut in small cubes. Keep cold.
    • Combine the water, yeast, and vanilla in a tiny bowl. Stir together and set aside.
    • Place the flour in the processor and pulse to mix.
    • Add the cold butter and process until the butter is indistinguishable.
    • Add the remaining ingredients including the yeast mixture and process until a ball forms. Refrigerate for several hours until cold and firm.
    • The pastry dough can be made a day or two ahead, wrapped and refrigerated.

    Assembly - This should be assembled the day it is served. See below for making it ahead.

    • Preheat the oven to 325°F. Line a half sheet pan with parchment paper and set aside.
    • Remove the dough from the fridge. If it is hard, let it sit for a few minutes until you can roll it. Do not let it get soft - it should remain cold.
    • Roll the dough into a 10 ½" or 11" round. Center a 10" cake board, plate turned upside down or a lid on the dough. Cut out the 10" round. Transfer to the parchment lined half sheet pan. Place in the fridge while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.
    • Rinse and dry the strawberries. Cut the tops off and then cut them in half top to bottom.
    • If the following instructions are a bit confusing, please refer to the photos where it will become very clear.
    • Remove the pastry base from the fridge. Place a 5 ½" to 6" bowl in the center of the pastry. Spread Nutella on the exposed dough to within ¼" of the edge of the circle.
    • Place the strawberries touching each other with the pointed ends touching the bowl extending to the edge of the Nutella so the entire base is covered.
    • Crimp the edge of the pastry using your index finger and just pushing it in to meet the Nutella.
    • Carefully, remove the bowl and cut the exposed pastry into 8 wedges. This is easiest done with a pizza cutter. Cut it in half, then fourths and finally eights.
    • Pick up one wedge at a time and cover the strawberries with it. Continue around until all 8 wedges are over strawberries.
    • Beat the egg with a fork until there is no white showing. Brush the pastry and tops of the strawberries with the egg. This will hold the crumbs in place.
    • Cover the tart with a much or little of the crumbs as desired, pressing them onto the egg wash.
    • Bake for 18 to 22 minutes or until the pastry is very lightly browned..
    • To serve, cut between the pastry wedges for one serving.
    • To Make Ahead: The crumbs and dough can both be made ahead and refrigerated or frozen. If frozen, thaw overnight in the fridge. Prepare through spreading the Nutella on the pastry. Remove the bowl, cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate overnight or freeze for several days. If frozen, thaw in the fridge overnight. Replace the bowl on the pastry. Continue as above in the instructions.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ___________________________________________________
    Cold is the key with the pastry. If it warms up too much it will be harder to transfer to the parchment paper.
    The strawberries should be about 2" long after trimming the tops to cover the Nutella and keep their shape after baking.
    After egg washing the completed tart, make sure to press the crumbs in place so they don't fall off during baking. The egg wash will act as a glue. 
    If there are crumbs left over, store the remainder in the freezer to use on muffins, quick breads, other tarts or coffee cakes.
    The almond extract can be changed to vanilla according to your preference. 
    Don't over bake the tart. . The pastry should just start to color.
    Despite the fact there is yeast in the dough, it never rises before using.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8servingsCalories: 355kcalCarbohydrates: 43gProtein: 6gFat: 18gSaturated Fat: 12gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 4gTrans Fat: 0.5gCholesterol: 81mgSodium: 22mgPotassium: 142mgFiber: 2gSugar: 21gVitamin A: 466IUVitamin C: 9mgCalcium: 41mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Split Lemon Layer Cake

    Modified: Apr 29, 2026 · Published: Apr 29, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 12 Comments

    The Lemon Layer Cake is on a clear plate with a vase in the background and a serving utensil.

    Bright and tangy, this unassuming looking Split Lemon Layer Cake turns into an explosion of flavor in your mouth. Each bite tastes of fresh lemon, balanced by a delicate sweetness that's completely achievable right in your own kitchen.

    The Lemon Layer Cake is on a clear plate with a vase in the background and a serving utensil.

    What makes this lemon cake truly unforgettable is its perfect balance of lemon in every component - the cake, the filling and the frosting for the most vibrant flavor. From the easily made high ratio cake layers to the luscious lemon filling and amazing lemon frosting, each works together beautifully. Whether you’re baking for a spring gathering, a special celebration, or simply craving something bright and refreshing, this recipe walks you step-by-step to lemon cake perfection.

    If you love bold lemon desserts, you’ll also want to try: Triple Lemon Cake, Lemon Meringue Pie (with a perfect mernigue that doesn't weep or pull away), Lemon Meringue Cake, Blueberry Lemon Poke Cake, or the Lemonade Cake with Blueberry Sauce. Another impressive cake is the Pecan Upside Down Cake.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    What is a High Ratio Cake?

    High ratio cakes are the quickest and easiest way to make a butter cake. They require the sugar to be equal to or exceed the amount of flour by weight not by volume. Not every cake can be mixed this way.

    Basically, part of the wet ingredients are held out and mixed together. The remaining ingredients are added to the mixing bowl. After about a 2 ½ minute mix the wet ingredients are added in thirds, mixed for 30 seconds each and that's it. Into the pans it goes. It just doesn't get any easier, faster or better.

    What Makes This an Amazing Lemon Buttercream?

    While it consists of only three ingredients, it is the lemon filling along with powdered sugar and a little butter that really makes this unique. I wanted a frosting that would truly taste of lemon - not just a hint of it which ruled out lemon juice. And I don't like zest in the frosting because it won't be smooth. By holding out part of the filling and adding it to the buttercream it ticked off all the boxes and is truly is amazing!

    Useful Tools for Filling and Finishing This Cake

    These are tools I used to fill, decorate and finish this cake. The offset spatulas are essential to finish a cake smoothly. They come in different sizes. The two metal pancake turners make transferring baked goods easy by placing them on opposite sides and lifting. This is the same way we did it at the bakery. These utensils are not mandatory but they sure do help when filling and finishing cakes or pastries.

    The pizza cutter makes quick work of dividing sheet cakes into layers and the ruler assist not only in measuring but giving the pizza cutter something to lean agains. The final tool is my very old and trusty decorating comb or sometimes called a decorating triangle. It has three edges with different sizes of combs. It is an easy way to add decoration to the sides or top of a cake.

    All of these are available at kitchen shops or online.

    Equipment for filling and finishing a cake include a pizza cutter, small and large offset spatulas, a straight metal spatula, two pancake turners and a ruller.

    Left to Right: Pizza cutter, small and large offset spatulas, straight metal spatula, two metal pancake turners (it is best to use solid turners with no cutouts for the cake to get stuck in), an 18" metal ruler that can be washed and in front a decorating comb or triangle.

    Why This Recipe Works

    • Every component is lemon flavored reinforcing each other.
    • Both the cake and filling can be made ahead and assembled when needed
    • The cake is a high ratio cake that is not only easy but guarantees a soft, tender cake by carefully controlling the mixing.
    • The professional looking finish is easy to achieve.
    • The balance between sweet and tangy keeps one from overwhelming the other.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Lemon Filling

    The ingredients for the Lemon filling are: water, granulated sugar, cornstarch, salt, unsalted butter, lemon juice and lemon zest.

    FRONT ROW: Lemon zest, unsalted butter, salt

    MIDDLE ROW: Egg yolks, cornstarch

    BACK ROW: Water, granulated sugar, lemon juice

    Lemon Sour Cream Cake

    Cake ingredients are: egg yolks, sour cream, cake flour, granulated sugar, baking powder, unsalted butter, vanilla and lemon zest

    FRONT ROW: Egg yolks, baking powder, lemon zest, vanilla extract

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted Butter, sour cream

    BACK ROW: Cake flour, granulated sugar

    Lemon Frosting

    The three ingredients for the frosting are powdered sugar, lemon filling and unsalted butter.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar and lemon filling.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Lemon Filling

    The collage for the lemon filling for the Lemon Layer Cake shows all of the ingredients in a saucee pan, whisked together, finished cooking and covered with plastic wrap in a bowl,

    Step 1. Place all of the ingredients in a medium size saucepan. Step 2. Whisk together. Step 3. Stirring constantly, bring the ingredients to a boil. Boil for 1 minute. Step 4. Transfer to a storage container, cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate. This can be made two days ahead.

    Lemon Sour Cream Cake

    This collages shows the  liquid ingredinets in a bowl, whisked together, the dry ingredients in a bowl and the butter and sour cream added.

    Step 5. Place the egg yolks, vanilla and 14 cup sour cream in a small bowl. Step 6. Whisk together. Step 7. Combine the flour, sugar, baking powder, salt, and lemon zest in the bowl of a mixer. Beat together for 30 seconds to blend. Step 8. Add the butter and remaining sour cream. Mix on low speed untile the dry ingredients are moistened. Increase to medium speed and beat for 1 ½ minutes.

    This collages shows the cake mixed and the first addition of the liquid, the finished batter, it dolloped on a baking sheet and spread out evenly.

    Step 9. Gradually add the egg mixture in thirds, beating 30 seconds each time on medium. Step 10. Add the last of the egg mixture and beat for 30 seconds. Step 11. Dollop the batter on a parchment lined half sheet pan. Step 12. Spread out evenly, and bake as directed. The layers can be frozen hard, wrapped well in foil and stored for up to 3 months in the freezer.

    This collage shows the ruler and pizza cutter  to cut the cake in the background, the ruler on the cake, the cake cut vertically and then horizontally ito 4 pieces.

    Step 13. The easiest way to cut the cake is to use a ruler and a pizza cutter. The pizza cutter gives a smooth cut. Trim the cake on the short ends to make a 16" cake layer. Step 14. The ruler marks 4" from the side. Step 15. Cut a line straight up vertically. Step 16. Turn the cake horizontally and cut the long strip in half making 2 4" x 8" layers. Cut the remaining cake into 4- 4" x 8" layers.

    This collage for the Lemon Layer Cake shows one of the layers torn to pieces in a bowl with the remaining 5 layers intact, the torn layer in a food processor and processed to crumbs and the lemon filling being whisked smooth.

    Step 17. Tear one layer into pieces, keeping the other 5 intact. Step 18. Place the torn layer in the processor. Step 19. Process with pulses to make crumbs. Spread them out on a baking sheet to dry slightly while preparing the rest of the cake. Step 20. Whisk the filling to smooth it out briefly. Do not over whisk as it may loosen it too much.

    This collage shows the filling on a cake layer spread to within ¼" of the edges, the top layer being added, the ingredients for the frosting in a mixing bowl, and mixed.

    Step 21. Spread ⅓ cup filling over each of 4 layers to within ¼" of the edge. The filling will spread to the edges when the next layer is added. Step 22. Place the fifth layer on top with no filling. Step 23. Place the powdered sugar, very soft butter and ½ cup of the lemon filling in the bowl of a mixer fitted with the paddle attachment. Step 24. Beat the ingredients on low until they come together, then raise it to medium and finally high. Continue beating until very light and increased in volume. It took me about 5 minutes after the ingredients came together. If it isn't sufficiently beaten the powder sugar will remain grainy.

    The last collage shows the cake frosted, the top finished with a decorating triangle, crumbs on th e side of the cake and channeling the bottom.

    Step 25. Cover the sides of the cake and top with the Lemon Frosting. Step 26. Use a decorating comb or sometimes called a triangle to swirl the top of the cake. Step 27. Cover the sides with the lemon cake crumbs. This is easiest to do by holding the cake on a cake board or other flat plate in your left hand and picking up the crumbs in your right hand pressing them into the frosting from the bottom to the top. Step 28. This is a professional tip make it easier to move the cake from the work board to the final presentation plate. It is called chanelling. Place a straight metal spatula under the bottom edge of the cake and remove about ⅛" of the frosting. Then go under the cake to make sure it will release cleanly when you move it. Make sure you are keeping the spatula pressed on the board and not on the cake. I use two pancake turners placed on either end of the cake to lift it up and place it on its final plate.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why does my lemon cake taste bland?

    The strongest lemon flavor comes from lemon zest. If your cake is bland add more lemon zest. Two to three tablespoons is a good ratio for a 2 layer cake.

    What makes cakes moist?

    A balanced recipe that includes buttermilk, sour cream and/or oil ensures a cake with lasting moisture.

    Can the cake layers be made ahead?

    Absolutely. Bake them, cool, freeze until hard, then wrap well in foil and freeze for up to 3 months. To use, unwrap them, place them on a cooling rack and allow them to come to room temperature.

    Expert Tips

    • Be sure to follow the times given when mixing the cake ingredients. This ensures they won't be over beaten which would toughen them.
    • Don't stint on the zest. That's what gives the cake its flavor.
    • Freeze the layers until they are firm before filling and frosting. This makes it so much easier and faster as they won't tear or slide around.
    • Make sure the butter for the cake and the frosting is very soft but not runny. If the butter is too hard, the frosting may not whip up with much volume and it will be dense.
    • This cake uses an American buttercream which uses powdered sugar. As such, it requires a lot of beating to increase the volume, lighten it and make sure the powdered sugar dissolves so the frosting isn't grainy. If it is under beaten, the frosting will be dense and possibly grainy.
    The Lemon Layer Cake is on a clear plate with a vase in the background and a serving utensil.

    If You Loved this Recipe, be sure to check these out!

    • The Triple Lemon Cake consisting of a yellow crumb coated single layer cake finished with white meringue in the middle
      Triple Lemon Cake - Revised
    • very-lemon-butter-crisps.jpeg
      Very Lemon Butter Crisps
    • Finished Photo
      Lemon Meringue Pie
    • Lemonade Cake with blueberry sauce on a green plate wiht a yellow napkin.
      Lemonade Cake with Blueberry Sauce

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    The Lemon Layer Cake is on a clear plate with a vase in the background and a serving utensil.

    Lemon Layer Cake

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Bright and tangy, this Lemon Layer Cake with its amazing frosting is the kind of dessert that instantly lifts your mood with lemon in the cake. filling and frosting.
    5 from 5 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 3 hours hrs
    Total Time 3 hours hrs
    Course Cake
    Cuisine American
    Servings 10 servings
    Calories 820 kcal

    Equipment

    • ½ sheet pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Lemon Filling

    • 4 large egg yolks
    • 1 ¼ cups water
    • 1 ¼ cups granulated sugar (250 grams)
    • ⅓ cup cornstarch (45 grams)
    • ⅔ cup lemon juice (from all 3 large lemons)
    • ½ teaspoon table salt
    • 3 tablespoons unsalted butter (45 grams)
    • 1 tablespoons lemon zest (from 1 large lemon)

    Lemon Sour Cream Cake

    • 3 large egg yolks
    • 1 cup sour cream (225 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 3 cups sifted cake flour* (300 grams)
    • 1 ½ cups granulated sugar (300 grams)
    • 1 tablespoon + 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • 2 tablespoons lemon zest (from 2 large lemons)
    • ¾ cup unsalted butter, softened (170 grams or 1 12 sticks)
    • *If measuring by volume it is important to sift the cake flour until overflowing in a dry measuring cup and then sweeping it off with the back of a knife.

    Amazing Lemon Buttercream

    • 1 pound powdered sugar
    • 1 cup lemon fillng
    • ¼ cup butter, softened* (60 grams or 4 tablespoons)
    • *It is important to have the butter very soft but not runny.

    Instructions
     

    Lemon Filling

    • Whisk everything together in a medium size sauce pan.
    • Stirring constantly, bring to a boil and boil for 1 minute.
    • Transfer to a storage container, cover the top of the filling with plastic wrap and let come to room temperature. Store in the fridge for 2 days. or at least overnight to firm up.

    Lemon Sour Cream Cake

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line a half sheet pan with parchment paper and spray the paper only. Try not to spray the sides. If you do, wipe them with a paper towel. Set aside.
    • In a small bowl, whisk together the egg yolks, ¼ cup sour cream and vanilla.
    • In the bowl of a mixer, combine the dry ingredients and mix on low for 30 seconds to blend. Add the softened butter and remaining ¾ cup sour cream. Mix on low until moistened. Then increase the speed to medium and beat for 1 ½ minutes.
    • Add the egg mixture in three additions, beating on medium 30 seconds each time, scraping down as necessary.
    • Dollop the batter in the half sheet pan. Using and offset spatula, spread it out evenly.
    • Bake for 20 to 22 minutes until a tester comes out clean. It will be a medium golden brown. It will be golden brown. Place on a cooling rack and cool cold.
    • At this point, it can be frozen in its pan well wrapped.

    Amazing Lemon Buttercream

    • Add all the ingredients to a mixing bow. Beat on low to bring together. Raise the speed to medium and beat until smooth. Raise it again to high and beat for 5 or more minutes until light and smooth with no grittiness from the powdered sugar.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _______________________________________________
    It will take 3 large lemons for the filling and the cake. 
    Be sure to follow the times given when mixing the cake ingredients. This ensures they won't be over beaten which would toughen them.
    Don't stint on the zest. That's what gives the cake its flavor.
    Freeze the layers until they are firm before filling and frosting. This makes it so much easier and faster as they won't tear or slide around.
    Make sure the butter for the cake and the frosting is very soft but not runny. If the butter is too hard, the frosting may not whip up with much volume and it will be dense. 
    This cake uses an American buttercream which uses powdered sugar. As such, it requires a lot of beating to increase the volume, lighten it and make sure the powdered sugar dissolves so the frosting isn't grainy. If it is under beaten, the frosting will be dense and possibly grainy. 
    The cake layers can be made and frozen up to 3 months well wrapped.
    The Lemon Filling can be made and refrigerated up to 5 days. 

    Nutrition

    Serving: 10servingsCalories: 820kcalCarbohydrates: 134gProtein: 7gFat: 30gSaturated Fat: 17gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 8gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 200mgSodium: 381mgPotassium: 92mgFiber: 1gSugar: 100gVitamin A: 989IUVitamin C: 3mgCalcium: 171mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Strawberry Rhubarb Galette

    Modified: Apr 23, 2026 · Published: Apr 16, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A slice of the Strawberry Rhubarb Galtette sits on a white plate with a fork on the plate.

    It's Rhubarb season again and this Strawberry Rhubarb Galette is a perfect way to highlight these long, red, tart stalks. To make it easier, the filling is placed in the middle of a pastry crust and the sides of the crust are brought up around it. There is no top crust or crimping.

    A slice of the Strawberry Rhubarb Galtette sits on a white plate with a fork on the plate.

    The tart sweet filling is only partially enclosed for this recipe. To bring out the flavor of the rhubarb, I reduced the sugar so the galette retains its tangy taste. It's easy to make and even easier to eat.

    While the folded crust can look a bit intimidating, it is actually vey easy to do. Just follow the photos below for the perfect galette. For a complete understanding of making the pie crust, see my American Pie Crust Tutorial.

    If you love fruit forward desserts, don't miss these: Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp, Rhubarb Cream Tart, Strawberry Brownies (these are not to be missed), Strawberry Cake, My Best Banana Cake Recipe (with strawberries), (GF) Lemon Strawberry Cake, Chocolate Strawberry Pie, and Strawberry Bread.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why you'll love this recipe

    The filling stays jammy, not runny
    Strawberries and rhubarb release a lot of liquid, but this recipe controls it from the start with two thickeners and a short maceration step to make sure the juices bake into a glossy, sliceable filling instead of pooling in the center.

    The crust bakes up crisp and flaky—never soggy
    The crust is balanced for flavor, crispness and flakiness. The thickeners set the filling so it can't soak into the crust making it soggy.

    The sweet-tart flavor is perfectly balanced
    Rhubarb brings brightness and tang, while strawberries round it out with natural sweetness. The sugar level is tuned so neither overpowers the other—resulting in a more complex, bakery-quality flavor.

    It’s intentionally rustic (and forgiving)
    Unlike pie, a galette doesn’t require perfect crimping or shaping. That means less stress, faster prep, and a beautiful, free-form dessert that still looks impressive.

    What is a galette?

    A galette is a flat, round French pastry where a pastry crust is pleated around a fruit filling. I have modified mine to make it a French-Anglo pastry by using my pie crust because I think it is easier to roll out and pleat. Although a galette is usually free form baked straight on a baking sheet, I found that placing the crust in a pie plate makes it easier to construct and hold its shape. Galettes can hold sweet or savory fillings.

    New to working with Rhubarb?

    Grown in the northern states such as Michigan, Washington and parts of California, rhubarb is best grown in areas where the ground freezes during the winter. It's in season from April to June. It can also be found frequently in the freezer section of grocery stores.

    Is it a fruit or a vegetable?

    While thought of as a fruit and looking like red celery with large leaves, it's actually a vegetable that is used like a fruit in pies, cakes, crisps, and quick breads. Rhubarb is very tart and astringent and is often paired with sweeter fruits to tame it.

    Discard the leaves

    Most important is the fact that the leaves contain oxalic acid which is poisonous and should be discarded. Most grocery stores cut the tops off before selling them.

    While typically seen as red, the color of the stalk is not a sign of how ripe it is. It can be red, green or pink. Medium length stalks are usually less stringy than the longer ones.

    Storing the rhubarb

    To store rhubarb, immediately cut the leaves off and discard if they are still attached. Wrap the stalks tightly in foil and refrigerate up to several days before using. It can also be washed, cut and frozen, well wrapped, for several months in the freezer.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Strawberry Rhubarb Filling

    The ingredients for the filling are strawberries, rhubarb, granulated sugar, minute tapioca, flour, butter, and sanding sugar.

    FRONT ROW: Sanding sugar, unsalted butter, all-purpose flour, minute tapioca

    MIDDLE ROW: Strawberries, granulated sugar, egg

    BACK ROW: Rhubarb

    Pie Crust ingredients include, cake flour, all purpose four, unsalted butter, shortening, salt, egg and water.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, egg, lemon juice

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter, shortening

    BACK ROW: Cake flour, ice water, all-purpose flour

    Key Ingredients

    • Minute tapioca is used as part of the thicken for the filling. Do not use regular tapioca. Be sure to see my post Thickeners as used in Baking and Pastry.
    • Cake flour is important to the final flaky outcome of the crust while remaining tender.
    • Shortening is used in the crust to increase the flakiness.
    • Egg is used to crisp the crust.
    • Lemon juice is a tenderizer.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients & instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    You may notice when demonstrating how to pleat the crust there is a different filling in the crust. Because I now take my own pictures, it is impossible for me to recreate this so I borrowed the photos from the Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust.

    This collages shows the pie crust being made with the dry ingredients in the processor, the butter cut in and the shorteng added to the processor.

    Step 1. Combine the flours in the bowl of a processor and pulse several times. Step 2. Step 2. Add the frozen butter. Step 3. Pulse a few times to break it up in large clumps. Step 4. Add the frozen shortening.

    This collages shows the egg being beaten, added to the processor, the crust processed and poured out of the processor and pushed together.

    Step 5. Beat the egg to until completely combined. Combine the egg, lemon juice and water. Step 2. Pour it in a circle over the processor contents. Step 7. Pulse until large clumps of dough form. Do not over process. Step 8. Pour it out onto a work surface and push it together.  Note: One of my long time readers came up with an alternative way to add the liquid that worked better for her. After cutting in the butter and shortening, she removed everything to a large bowl. Then added the liquids and stirred them in by hand to prevent the butter and shortening from being cut into too small of pieces.

    The dough is rolled out, draped in a pie plate, filled with the strawberries and rhubarb and the first fold is made with the overhang.

    Step 9. Shape the dough into a round. Wrap it in plastic wrap and refrigerate overnight or freeze. If it is frozen, thaw in the fridge overnight. Step 10. Combine the sugar, tapioca and flour and mix well. Step 11. Add it to the bowl in which the cut strawberries and rhubarb are placed. Step 12. Stir all together and let it sit while the crust is rolled out.

    The crust is rolled out and, plate, the filling is added and the dough is brought up over  the filling.

    Step 13. Roll the dough into a 15" circle and trim to 14". Step 14. Drape it into a 9" pie place leaving an even overhang around the rim of the pie plate. Step 15. Add the filling to the crust. Step 16. Bring the pastry over the filling.

    This collage shows the pleating of the crust continuing and the egg wash made for the finish.

    Step 17. Continue bringing up the crust and pleating it as you go. Step 18. Press the pleat in place lightly. Step 19. Make the final pleat. Step 20. Beat an egg with a fork until completely combined and no white is showing.

    The final collage shows the galette being brushed with the egg, the sanding sugar sprinkled on, the galette place on a foil lined rimmed sheet pan and baked.

    Step 21. Brush the pleats with the beaten egg. Step 22. Sprinkle with the sanding sugar if using. Step 23. For safety, place the galette on a foil lined, rimmed baking sheet to make it easier to move it in and out of the oven. Step 24. Bake as directed.

    Recipe FAQ's

    Does the rhubarb need to be peeled before baking?

    Despite its being stringy, it does not have to be peeled. The skin softens perfectly when baked and it adds the traditional tartness to the finished galette.

    Why does rhubarb pair so perfectly with strawberries?

    It’s all about balance. Rhubarb is intensely tart, while strawberries bring natural sweetness. Together, they create that classic sweet-tart flavor that tastes brighter and more complex than either fruit alone.

    Why is my strawberry rhubarb galette watery in the center?

    Strawberries and rhubarb release a lot of juice as they bake. If your galette turns soupy, it usually needs a better thickener balance and a short rest after baking so the juices can set into a jammy filling.

    Expert Tips

    • The filling should be made before the crust is rolled out so the tapioca can soften and everything can blend together.
    • Keep the dough chilled. This is important to keep it flaky. If it begins to soften when rolling out, fold it gently and return it to the fridge. After it the galette is filled freeze it for 15 to 20 minutes to get the dough cold again.
    • Let the pastry rest after coming from the oven so the filling can set completely. It will be loose coming from the oven but will thicken up.
    • Make sure the butter and shortening are frozen rock hard before processing. There should be pea size pieces of them in the flour.
    • The pastry should remain cold while working with it so the butter does not become incorporated into the flour or it won't be flaky. The butter and shortening have melt to create the steam necessary to form the thin, light layers.
    • See the photos to help with the pleating of the crust.
    A slice of the Strawberry Rhubarb Galtette sits on a white plate with a fork on the plate.

    These might be better than pie!

    • Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.
      Strawberry Brownies
    • A potion of Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp sits in a white bowl on a hellow gingham plate with the white pan in the backgournd.
      Simple Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp
    • A slice of My Best Banana Cake Recipe sits on a white plate which is on a yellow gingham plate on a blue background.
      My Best Banana Cake Recipe
    • Cupcakes are finished with a swirl of Strawberry Buttercream.
      Strawberry Buttercream Frosting

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A slice of the Strawberry Rhubarb Galtette sits on a white plate with a fork on the plate.

    Strawberry Rhubarb Galette

    Helen S. Fletcher
    It's Rhubarb season again and this Strawberry Rhubarb Galette is a perfect way to highlight these long, red, tart stalks. To make it easier, the filling is placed in the middle of a pastry crust and the sides of the crust are brought up around it. There is no top crust or crimping.
    No ratings yet
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr
    Cook Time 1 hour hr 15 minutes mins
    Total Time 2 hours hrs 15 minutes mins
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine American
    Servings 8 servings
    Calories 357 kcal

    Equipment

    • 9" Pie plate
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pie Crust

    • 9 tablespoons unsalted butter (130 grams)
    • ¼ cup shortening (60 grams)
    • 2 ¼ cup cake flour (280 grams)
    • ½ cup all-purpose flour (70 grams)
    • 1 ½ tablespoon table salt
    • 3 tablespoons beaten egg
    • 1 ½ teaspoons lemon juice
    • 7 to 9 tablespoons ice water

    Strawberry Rhubarb Filling

    • 3 cups strawberries, coarsely cut (about 380 grams)
    • 3 cups rhubarb, cut in ½" slices (about 380 grams)
    • ¾ to 1 cup granulated sugar (150 to 200 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons minute tapioca
    • 3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
    • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter, (30 grams), optional
    • 1 egg well beaten
    • Sanding sugar, optional

    Instructions
     

    Pie Crust

    • Cut the butter in half lengthwise and then cross cut. Freeze them until rock hard.
    • Measure out the shortening in 4 tablespoons and freeze until also rock hard.
    • Combine the cake all-purpose flours and salt in th ebowl of a food processor. Pulse several times to mix well.
    • Place the frozen butter over the flours. Pluse severaltimes to cut the butter into large chunks.
    • Add the frozen shortening and repeat the pulsing until the butter and shortening are the size of large peas. Do not over process. Use short bursts.
    • Combine the egg, lemon juice and 7 tablespoons of water. Pour it over the contents of the processor. Pulse until it forms clumps. Take a bit of the dough and press it between your fingers. If it holds together and doesn't feel dry youre done. If not, add more water a tablespoon at a time.
    • Pour it onto a lightly floured work surface. Push the clumps togwether to form a cohesive mass.
    • Knead it 4 or 5 times to bring it together into a smooth dough. Shape it into a 1" round. Wrap it in plastic wrap and refrigerate overnight. It can also be frozen ate this point well wrapped. Thaw in the fridge and continue.
    • Preheat the oven to 375°F or 350°F if using a glass pie plate.
    • Roll the crust into a 15" circle. Trim to a 14" round.
    • Place the crust in the pie plate letting the excess dough overhang the edge of the pan evenly.
    • Fill the plate with the strawberry rhubarb filling.
    • Describing the pleating process is a bit difficult in words. However, there are pictures in the Step by Step Section that are very helful.
    • To start pleating, take a section of the overhang and bring it up over the filling.
    • Continue in this manner, folding the dough in pleats as you go around. Place on a foil lined half sheet pan to make it safer to move in and out of the oven.
    • Beat the egg until the yolk and white are completely mixed. Brush the crust with the egg.
    • Sprinkle with the sanding sugar if using.
    • Bake for about 1 hour and 15 to 20 minutes or until the crust is browned and the filling is bubbly. Tent the top if it is browning too quickly.
    • Allow to sit until warm or room temperature. Cut and enjoy!

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ____________________________________________________
    Minute tapioca is used as part of the perfect thickener for the filling. Do not use regular tapioca. Be sure to see my post Thickeners as used in Baking and Pastry. 
    Cake flour is important to the final  flaky outcome of the crust while remaining tender. 
    The filling should be made before the crust is rolled out so the tapioca can soften and everything can blend together.
    Keep the dough chilled. This is important to keep it flaky. If it begins to soften when rolling out, fold it gently and return it to the fridge. After the galette is filled, freeze it for 15 to 20 minutes to get the dough cold again. 
    Let the pastry rest after coming from the oven so the filling can set completely. It will be loose coming from the oven but will thicken up.
    Make sure the butter and shortening are frozen rock hard before processing. There should be pea size pieces of them in the flour.
    The pastry should remain cold while working with it so the butter does not become incorporated into the flour or it won't be flaky. The butter and shortening have to melt to create the steam necessary to form the thin, light layers. 
    See the photos in the Step by Step Instructions to help with the pleating of the crust.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8servingsCalories: 357kcalCarbohydrates: 37gProtein: 3gFat: 23gSaturated Fat: 12gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 7gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 62mgSodium: 1322mgPotassium: 240mgFiber: 2gSugar: 22gVitamin A: 564IUVitamin C: 36mgCalcium: 59mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Best Banana Streusel Muffin Recipe

    Modified: Apr 8, 2026 · Published: Apr 9, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A Banana Streusel Muffin on aplate with others behind it.

    Ok! So I'm bragging but these really easy to make Banana Streusel Muffins are sure to become a favorite. A simple to make pecan and brown sugar streusel top a banana muffin for an anytime treat.

    A Banana Streusel Muffin on aplate with others behind it.

    A few pantry ingredients go together quickly to make this muffin which can be frozen for a treat with no effort. While I made these six in the larger muffin cups, they can also be made in the regular size pan for 12 muffins.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why You'll Want to Make These Banana Muffins

    • They're super easy to make.
    • Pantry ingredients are all that are needed.
    • The muffins are loaded with flavor and texture.
    • They can be frozen for later.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Pecan Streusel

    The ingredients for the pecan streusel include pecan, all-purpose flour, unsalted butter, brown suar and cinnamon.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, brown sugar, cinnamon

    BACK ROW: Pecans, all-purpose flour

    Banana Streusel Muffins

    Ingredients for the muffins are all-purpose flour, baking powder, salt, bananas, unsalted butter, granulated sugar, egg and vanilla.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, vanilla, baking powder, egg

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted Butter

    BACK ROW: Granulated sugar, all-purpose flour, bananas

    Vanilla Drizzle

    Ingredients for the vanilla drizzle are powdered sugar, butter, vanilla and milk.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, vanilla, milk

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Pecan Streusel

    The first collages shows the dry ingredients for the streusel in the processor, processed, the butter added and the crumbs formed.

    Step 1.Place the flour, brown sugar, pecans, and cinnamon in the bowl of a food processor. Step 2. Process until the nuts are finely ground. Step 3. Transfer to a bowl and add the melted butter.

    Banana Streusel Muffins

    The seocnd collages shows the flour, salt and baking powder in a bowl to be mixed, the bananas in a processor, the egg, melted butter and vanilla in a bowl and the liquid mixed wth the pureed banana.

    Step 5. Combine the flour, sugar, baking powder and salt. Whisk together. Set aside. Step 6. Place the bananas in the processor bowl and process until smooth, scraping down as necessary. Transfer to a medium size bowl. Step 7. Combine the melted butter, egg, and vanilla. Step 8. Combine the butter mixture with the pureed bananas. Add the flour mixture, and stir in only until all the flour is moistened. It will be a thick batter.

    The last collage shows the unbaked batter in the paper cups, baked, the powdered sugar, butter and milk in a blow and mixed for the vanilla drizzle.

    Step 9. Divide the batter between the 6 large muffin cups filling the cup about halfway. Top the batter with ¼ cup of the pecan streusel. Step 10. Bake as directed. Step 11. If using the vanilla drizzle, melt the butter and combine the powdered sugar, butter, vanilla and milk in a medium size bow. Step 12. Stir together until it is smooth. If it is too thick add milk by the teaspoonful until it is thin enough to drizzle, if too thin, add a bit more powdered sugar.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why does my streusel sink into the muffins?

    Make the streusel first. After it is made be sure to chill it while preparing the rest of the recipe. This is especially important if the butter has been melted. Chilling the crumbs keeps their shape and helps keep them from sinking into the batter.

    Can the bananas be too ripe?

    Yes the can. The skin should be speckled with brown but should not be black. Overly ripe bananas can be more watery which can throw the proportion of the ingredients off.

    Should muffins be eaten warm?

    For the best flavor, let the muffins come to room temperature so all of the flavors blend.

    Storage and Freezing

    These muffins hold well for several days at room temperature. For longer storage, freeze them. Thaw at room temperature and freshen in a 350°F oven for 10 to 15 minutes for the large muffins 8 to 10 minutes for the small ones.. Cool completely to serve.

    Expert Tips

    • When combining the wet and dry ingredients, don't over mix. Just mix gently until all of the flour is incorporated.
    • If there is time, chill the muffins overnight without the streusel. Add the streusel just before baking. This helps the muffins crown better.
    • Brown sugar can be substituted for the granulated if desired for a deeper taste.
    • Serve them plain, dusted with powdered sugar or drizzled with the vanilla drizzle.
    A plate of Banana Streusel Muffins plain, dusted with powdered sugar and drizzled with vanilla drizzle.

    Looking for more quick treats?

    • Strawberry Muffins
      Best of All Strawberry Muffins
    • A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.
      Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)
    • Basic muffins are shown plain and with sanding sugar glistening on top.
      A Perfectly Easy Basic Muffin Mix
    • Pumpkin Muffins on a cooling rack with a blue and yellow cloth and yellow smiley face tea cup,,
      Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A Banana Streusel Muffin on aplate with others behind it.

    Best Banana Streusel Muffin Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Ok! So I'm bragging but these really easy to make Banana Streusel Muffins are sure to become a favorite. A simple to make pecan and brown sugar streusel top a banana muffin for an anytime treat.
    No ratings yet
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 40 minutes mins
    Cook Time 27 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 7 minutes mins
    Course Muffins
    Cuisine American
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 598 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pecan Streusel

    • ½ cup all-purpose flour (70 grams)
    • ⅓ cup brown sugar, packed (65 grams)
    • ½ cups pecans (60 grams)
    • ¾ teaspoon cinnamon
    • 3 to 4 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted (42 to 55 grams)

    Banana Streusel Muffins

    • 1 ¼ cups all-purpose flour (175 grams)
    • ⅔ cup granulated or brown sugar (packed) (130 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • ¼ teaspoon salt
    • ¾ cup bananas, ripe (about 2 bananas)
    • ½ cup unsalted butter, melted (114 grams or 1 stick)
    • 1 large egg
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla

    Vanilla Drizzle

    • 1 cup powdered sugar (130 grams0
    • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter (15 grams)
    • 2 tablespoons milk, approximately
    • ½ teaspoon vanilla

    Instructions
     

    Pecan Streusel

    • Place the flour, brown sugar, pecans and cinnamon in the bowl of a processor. Process until the pecans are finely cut in. Transfer to a medium size bowl.
    • Add the melted butter and mix with a fork until crumbs form starting with 3 tablespoons of melted butter. Add the remainder if it is dry. Refrigerate while making the rest of the recipe.

    Banana Streusel Muffins

    • It is best to use paper liners for these muffins as the streusell can fall off it turning the muffin tins upside down to release them.
    • Preheat the oven to 375F. Fill 6 large or 12 regular size muffin wells with paper liners or spray with non-stick baking release. Set aside.
    • Whisk together the flour, sugar, baking powder and salt in a large bowl.
    • Place the bananas in the processor bowl (no need to clean it) and process until smooth, scraping down as needed. Transfer to a medium size bowl.
    • Whisk the banana puree, melted butter, egg and vanilla together.
    • Pour the liquid over the flour mixture and mix gently only until all of the flour is incorporated. The batter will be thick.
    • Divide between the muffin wells about ½ way up.
    • Top with ¼ cup of the streusel for the large muffins or 2 tabelspoons for the regular size.
    • Bake the large muffins for 25 to 28 minutes and the regular size for 15 ot 18 minutes or until a tester comes out clean. Don't over bake them.
    • Cool 10 to 15 minutes and lift the muffins out of the pan using the edge of the paper liners. Cool completely before serving or freezing.
    • Vanilla Drizzle
    • Combine all of the ingredients in a medium size bowl, stirring briskly until it is smooth. If too thick, thin with a teaspoon more milk as needed. If too thin, add a bit more powdered sugar.
    • When cool, leave plain, dust with powdered sugar, or drizzle with the vanilla drizzle.
    • These can be held for 2 days at room temperature or frozen (without the drizzle), well wrapped for 2 months.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ___________________________________________________
    When combining the wet and dry ingredients, don't over mix. Just mix gently until all of the flour is incorporated.
    If there is time, chill the muffins overnight without the streusel. Add the streusel just before baking. This helps the muffins crown better.
    Brown sugar can be substituted for the granulated if desired for a deeper taste.
    Serve them plain, dusted with powdered sugar or drizzled with the vanilla drizzle.

    Nutrition

    Calories: 598kcalCarbohydrates: 90gProtein: 6gFat: 25gSaturated Fat: 12gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 8gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 78mgSodium: 189mgPotassium: 217mgFiber: 3gSugar: 58gVitamin A: 620IUVitamin C: 3mgCalcium: 81mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    A Last Minute Easter Roundup

    Modified: Mar 29, 2026 · Published: Mar 29, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    The finished Coconut Cream Cake sits on a gray plate with a flower vase in the background ready to be cut.

    Has anyone else lost track of time and realized Easter is a week away? For someone who prides themselves in their ability to be organized, I sure dropped the ball on this one. So, here's a few ideas to help you along.

    Below is the Coconut Cream Cake that was such a hit at the bakery. It truly is special and perfect for Easter.

    The finished Coconut Cream Cake sits on a gray plate with a flower vase in the background ready to be cut.

    Breads

    Breakfast Stromboli
    Eggs, sausage, red peppers and cheese rolled up in a tasty bread ready to bake for breakfast or brunch.
    Check out this recipe
    Eggs, sausage, red peppers and cheese rolled up in a tasty bread ready to bake for breakfast or brunch,
    A basket lined wth a yellow napkin is filled with Cream Biscuits.
    Cream Biscuits
    The easiest biscuits make can be frozen baked or unbaked for a warm accompaniment to start the morning.
    Check out this recipe
    Heavenly French Toast
    Make the shortbread and compote days ahead and you almost ready for a breakfast or brunch treat you will long remember.
    Check out this recipe
    Slices of French Toast make with cornbread with blueberry compote.

    Sweet Breads

    My Easter Bread
    Easter Bread is usually somewhat sweet filled with dried fruit of your choice and baked in a tall mold. This Easter Bread is easy to make and goes together quickly. It can be frozen but add the glaze when thawed.
    Check out this recipe
    Easter Bread sits on a peach rimmed plate with a green plant in the background.
    Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe
    These really are the Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe. Why? Because I've added a Cinnamon Crunch topping (think Cinnamon Crunch Bagels) which takes this way over the top! Combining these two makes a completely new and different roll that's easy to make. These are perfect for an Easter Brunch.
    Check out this recipe
    Lemon Sugar Buns
    If you're looking for simple, this is it. 60 Second Brioche Dough topped with Swedish Sugar is a super taste treat that doesn't take a lot of work.
    Check out this recipe
    A single Lemon Sugar Bun sits on a white laced edged plate with a platter of more buns in the background.
    A Swedish Cardamom Knot sits on a blue and white plate
    Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls
    These Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls have so much going for them.  Known as Kardemummabullar, the dough is easy to make in the processor or mixer and interestingly has no eggs.  It is wonderfully soft and really easy to roll out.  Any yeast dough is best eaten the day it is made but these are great even the next day.
    Check out this recipe

    Muffins

    Coffee Cake Muffins
    f you’re looking for soft, tender cinnamon coffee cake muffins, that taste like they came from a bakery case theres no need to look any further. These easy to make from-scratch muffins use only a bowl, a whisk and a few measuring utensils to get the job done with big flavors and a really simple, reliable technique.
    Check out this recipe
    A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.
    Crunchy Topped Apple Muffins
    This super Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe is not only super easy and fast but one of the best muffins around. The key to these wonders is lots of apples and a really crunchy sugar topping that isn't exactly a crumb but a close cousin you're sure to love.
    Check out this recipe
    Double Chocolate Muffins
    The cakey part of the muffin is outstanding and so, so easy to make. No mixer is needed and it comes together in literally minutes. The truffle filling is equally easy and what looks like a very professional bakery item is yours in minutes.
    Check out this recipe

    Cookies

    A variety of ways to decorate shortbread cookies.
    Easy Decorated Shortbread Cookies
    A variety of finishes make these shortbread cookies even more addictive.
    Check out this recipe
    Orange Almond Madeleines - A Petit Four
    Unlike Prousts' dry sponge madeleines, these small cakes are redolent of almond paste and orange rind making them deliciously moiset.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Dipped Sweet and Salty Butter Cookies
    Easy to make butter cookies are dipped in chocolate and finished with a mix of sugar and salt.
    Check out this recipe

    Cakes

    Orange Chiffon Cake
    After a special Easter Feast, a simple but intense Orange Chiffon cake served wit macerated strawberries or assorted fruit can be the perfect end to a great meal
    Check out this recipe
    Coconut Cream Cake - The Perfect Easter Desseret
    You won't want to miss this tender, flavorful Coconut Cream Cake with its white chiffon layers filled to the brim with a coconut laden pastry cream and finished with whipped cream and coconut.
    Check out this recipe
    The finished Coconut Cream Cake sits on a gray plate with a flower vase in the background ready to be cut.
    Carrot Cake Cheesecake consists of 2layers carrot cake and 1layer of cheesecake finished with cream cheese frosting.
    Carrot Cake Cheesecake
    Two layers of carrot cake enclose a layer of cheesecake finished with cream cheese frosting is a combo made in heaven.
    Check out this recipe

    Pies

    (Almost) No Bake Strawberry Pie
    An easy vanilla wafer crust is filled to the brim with fresh strawberries set with instant clear jel for the freshest strawberry pie you'll make.
    Check out this recipe
    Lemon Meringue Pie
    Lemon Meringue Pie
    While Lemon Meringue pies can be be intimidating this recipe shows you how to make the perfect pie - no loose fillings or weepy meringue - just everything you need for success.
    Check out this recipe
    Coconut Cream Pie with a Difference
    This is a Coconut Cream Pie with a difference.  It has a great crust, lightened pastry cream filled with toasted coconut but instead of oodles of whipped cream topping, I have switched it to a meringue which I think allows the filling, which is the star of the dish, to stand out.
    Check out this recipe
    A meringue topped coconut cream pie in a glass pie pan with plates and forks beside it.

    Tarts

    A slice of the Chocolate Coconut Tart sits on a lace edged white plate with a red napkin and a fork behind it.
    No Bake Chocolate Coconut Tart
    The only way to adequately describe this Chocolate Coconut Tart is to think Mounds Bars. This unusual tart comprises a sublime mixture of cream of coconut, white chocolate, a touch of sour cream and a lot of coconut in a chocolate crust. You'll especially like the no bake aspect of making this.
    Check out this recipe
    Easy Almond Raspberry Tart
    his Almond Raspberry Tart is a marvelously easy tart I want to share with you. The no-roll crust is made in minutes and is pressed into the pan.  Simply wipe out the processor give the filling ingredients a couple spins in the bowl and pour into the parbaked shell.
    Check out this recipe
    Macacamia and Coconut Tart
    A simple graham cracker crust is filled with a white chocolate truffle mixture that includes toasted macadamia nuts, toasted coconut, a bit of cream of coconut and a whisper of dark rum.
    Check out this recipe

    Savory Tarts

    Tourte Milianese
    This Torte Milanse a spectacular tour de force. And, as with most spectaculars, it requires a bit of preparation to get it finished.  But when it’s done and you cut into it, the striking layers of green, red, pink and white are dramatic.
    While impressive, it isn’t difficult but time has to be set aside for sure.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of Tourte Milanese sits on a plate exposing its dramatic yellow, green, red and pink layers.
    Brie and Bacon Tart
    Brie and Bacon Tart
    Caramelized onions, crispy bacon and creamy brie cheese all enclosed in a buttery crust. How could this be anything amazing?
    Check out this recipe
    Torta Rustica - A Savory Italian Pastry
    Torta Rustica means rustic torte in Italian and while rustic it is loaded with flavor from spinach, onions, red peppers and provolone cheese all enclosed in an easy buttery crust
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Torta Rustica displaying the multiple layers of the filling.

    I wish you a happy holiday and trust you will find something to tempt you.

    Pecan Upside Down Cake

    Modified: Mar 24, 2025 · Published: Mar 23, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    A slice of the pecan upside down cake sits on a white plate with a lace edge which sits o ntop of another orangish pate.

    Love sticky buns? You're sure to love this easy to make Pecan Upside Down Cake just as much or more. This straightforward, easy and uncomplicated recipe goes together in minutes. The cake is a high ratio cake (think reverse creaming) and is the easiest one to make. A generous topping of pecans bound in caramel over a tender cinnamon cake makes this one of those recipes you'll reach for over and over for a quick treat.

    A slice of the pecan upside down cake sits on a white plate with a lace edge which sits o ntop of another orangish pate.

    The buttermilk cake is unbelievable on its own both for its amazing taste and how easily it goes together. While I have added cinnamon and nutmeg to the batter, it can be omitted and it becomes the best yellow cake ever. It's incredibly soft, moist and lasts for days at room temperature.

    Other cakes your sure to love include: the Orange Pistachio Loaf Cake, Spirited Marble Cake, Apple Spice Bundt Cake, Orange Almond Teacake, Pina Colada Cake, and the Espresso Fudge Cake.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    What is a High Ratio Cake?

    A high ratio cake requires the sugar to be the same weight or exceed the weight of the flour. This type of cake is also referred to as reverse creaming. The volumes will be different which is why weight is specified.

    It is the easiest of all cakes to make yielding a tender, moist cake. The only other caveat is the butter must be very soft - around 75°F so it blends in completely and quickly.

    Why You'll Love This Pecan Upside Down Cake

    • It's amazingly easy to make.
    • There are no complicated ingredients, equipment or instructions.
    • In a word, the cake is easy to make.
    • The cake can be stored at room temperature for several days if covered.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Pecan Topping

    The ingredients for the pecan layer are pecans, brown sugar, butter, golden syrup and vanilla.

    FRONT ROW: Golden Syrup (honey or clear corn syrup can be used), vanilla

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter

    BACK ROW: Pecans, brown sugar

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    The ingredients for the yellow buttermilk cake are ett ylks, buttermilk, vanilla cake flor, granulated sugar, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and unsalted butter.

    FRONT ROW: Baking soda, vanilla, baking powder, cinnamon

    SECOND ROW: Unsalted butter

    THIRD ROW: Nutmeg, egg yolks, salt

    BACK ROW: Cake flour, granulated sugar, buttermilk

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Topping

    This collage for the pecan topping shows the ingredients in a saucepan, brought to a boil, the chppped pecans added and then stirred in,

    Step 1. If the pecans are halves or in large pieces, chop them so make them smaller. For an easy way to do this see my post, Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way. Combine the butter, golden syrup (or honey or corn syrup) and vanilla in a medium size saucepan. Step 2. Bring to a simmer. Wash the sides of the pan down with a pastry brush and cold water. Bring to boil. Step 3. Immediately remove the pan from the heat and add the chopped pecans. Step 4. Stir to evenly distribute them.

    This collages shows the pecan topping in the cake pan, the yolks, buttermilk and vanilla in a bowl, then mixed and the dry ingredients in a mixing bowl.

    Step 5. Spray a 9" round cake pan well with a non-stick baking spray. Pour the pecan topping into the prepared cake pan and even it out. Set aside. Step 6. Place the yolks, ¼ of the buttermilk and vanilla in a bowl. Step 7. Whisk to combine. Step 8. In a mixing bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda, baking powder, salt, cinnamon and nutmeg.

    This collages shows the dry ingredients, the butter and the remaining buttermilk in the mixing owl, then, part of the egg mixture added and the completed batter.

    Step 9. Add the softened butter and the remainder of the buttermilk to the bowl. Step 10. Beat for 2 minutes to mix well. Step 11. Add ⅓ of the egg yolk mixture and mix for 30 seconds on medium. Step 12. Repeat two more times to finish the batter.

    The batter is poured over the pecan topping, evened out, baked and released with the pecans on top.

    Step 13. Line a rimmed baking sheet with foil and place the cake pan in it. Pour the batter into the pan over the pecan layer. Step 14. Smooth out the batter. Step 15. Bake as called for. If it cracks slightly that's fine. It will be on the bottom. This can happen if the pecan layer liquifies, which it will, and pushes the batter up. Step 16. After removing from the oven, let it rest for 10 to 15 minutes and then turn it out onto a serving plate or cake board. Do not wait too long or the pecan layer will set up and stick to the pan. Also, be careful as the pan and pecan layer will be very hot.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    What type of pan works best for the pecan upside down cake?

    A heavy, light-colored metal pan works best because it promotes even caramelization without burning. Avoid dark pans or glass dishes, which can cause the topping to overcook.

    Why was my pecan topping grainy?

    Because the sugar was not completely dissolved. Recipes that include an invert sugar such as golden syrup, corn syrup, or honey aid in obtaining a smooth caramel. Washing down the sides of the pan after the ingredients come to a boil also helps ensure no sugar crystals are stuck to the side. These can cause a graining texture also. It only takes one grain of undissolved sugar to granulate the entire batch.

    What one ingredient can give this cake a deeper taste.

    Using brown sugar instead of granulated sugar intensifies the caramel coating the pecans.

    Expert Tips

    • Let the pecan topping mixture just come to a boil. Do not let it boil any longer.
    • Follow the times given for beating the batter for the best results.
    • The cinnamon and nutmeg are optional. If omitted it becomes a yellow cake.
    • If the nuts are large or halves, chop them smaller.
    • Be sure to wait 10 to 15 minutes to release the cake but no longer or the caramel will cool too much and separate from the cake.
    • Wash the sides of the pan down with a pastry brush dipped in cold water.
    • A temperature of about 75° to 77°F works well for the softened butter..
    • Either golden syrup, corn syrup or honey will work well with the pecans. Of the three, honey is my least favorite as it can burn easily.
    • The cake isn't yellow because I added optional spices to it.
    A slice of the pecan upside down cake sits on a white plate with a lace edge which sits o ntop of another orangish pate.

    Other Cakes You're Sure to Love

    • A slice of chocolate cake, peanut butter mousse glazed in chocolate on a marble plate
      Chocolate Peanut Butter Mousse Cake
    • A slice of My Best Banana Cake Recipe sits on a white plate which is on a yellow gingham plate on a blue background.
      My Best Banana Cake Recipe
    • The Triple Lemon Cake consisting of a yellow crumb coated single layer cake finished with white meringue in the middle
      Triple Lemon Cake - Revised
    • Hazelnut Gianduja Cake
      Hazelnut Gianduja Cake
    A slice of the pecan upside down cake sits on a white plate with a lace edge which sits o ntop of another orangish pate.

    Pecan Upside Down Cake

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Love sticky buns? You're sure to love this easy to make Pecan Upside Down Cake just as much or more. This straightforward, easy and uncomplicated recipe goes together in minutes.
    No ratings yet
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 40 minutes mins
    Cook Time 30 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 10 minutes mins
    Course Cake
    Cuisine American
    Servings 10 servings
    Calories 482 kcal

    Equipment

    • 9x2" round cake pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pecan Topping

    • ½ cup unsalted butter (114 grams or 1 stick)
    • ¼ cup golden syrup, corn syrup or honey
    • ½ cup dark or light brown sugar (100 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanlla
    • 1 cup pecan pieces (150 grams)

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    • 4 large egg yolks (68 grams)
    • ⅔ cup buttermilk
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
    • 1 ½ cups cake flour (200 grams)
    • 1 cup granulated sugar (200 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • ¼ teaspoon salt
    • 1 teaspoon cinnamon, optional
    • ½ teaspoon nutmeg, optional
    • ½ cup unsalted butter (114 grams or 1 stick)

    Instructions
     

    Pecan Topping

    • Spray the bottom and sides of a 9x2 or 9x3 inch round cake pan with a solid bottom with a non-stick baking release. Set aside.
    • In a medium size saucepan , combine the butter, the syrup, brown sugar and vanilla. Just as it begins to come to a simmer wash the sides of the pan down with a pastry brush dipped in cold water. As soon as it just comes to a boil remove it from the heat.
    • Stir in the pecans. Pour into the prepare pan and set aside.

    Yellow Buttermilk Cake

    • The butter must be very soft, but not unny in anyway, A emperatue of about 75°F is ideal.
    • Preheat the oven to 350°F.
    • Whisk the yolks, ¼ of the buttermilk and vanilla in a small bowl. Set aside.
    • In a mixing bowl, combine the dry ingredients and mix briefly to blend. Add the butter and the remaiing buttermilk. Mix on low until the ingredients are moistened, then raise to medium and beat for 2 minutes, Scrape down.
    • Add the egg yolk mixture in thirds, beating 30 secnds after each addition. Scrape down between additions.
    • The batter will be thick. Transfer it to the cake pan with the pecans and spread it out evenly.
    • Bake for 35 to 40 minutes or until deeply browned and a tester comes out clean. If the top is browning to much, tent it with foil.
    • Let the cake rest in in its pan for 10 to 15 minutes. Then carefully invert it onto a serving plate or cake board.
    • After cooling completely, the covered cake can be store for several days, at room temperature.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _________________________________________________
    Let the pecan topping mixture just come to a boil. Do not let it boil any longer.
    Follow the times given for beating the batter for the best results. 
    The cinnamon and nutmeg are optional. If omitted it becomes a yellow cake. 
    If the nuts are large or halves, chop them smaller. 
    Be sure to wait 10 to 15 minutes to release the cake but no longer or it the caramel will cool too much and separate from the cake. 
    Wash the sides of the pan down with a pastry brush dipped in cold water. 
    A temperature of about 75° to 77°F works well. 
    Either golden syrup, corn syrup or honey will work well with the pecans. Of the three, honey is my least favorite as it can burn easily. 
    The cake isn't yellow because I added optional spices to it. 

    Nutrition

    Serving: 10servingsCalories: 482kcalCarbohydrates: 54gProtein: 5gFat: 28gSaturated Fat: 13gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 10gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 124mgSodium: 224mgPotassium: 112mgFiber: 2gSugar: 39gVitamin A: 698IUVitamin C: 0.1mgCalcium: 101mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Simple Salted Peanut Chews

    Modified: May 1, 2026 · Published: Mar 10, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 5 Comments

    A Salted Peanut Chew in the foreground with others in the background.

    This really simple recipe for Salted Peanut Chews came about because I was purging my files. It's an olde but goody. I've given an alternative to the home made marshmallow (but it sooooo easy and good!) to a couple of variations to suit your taste. These can be whipped up in minutes for a treat everyone is sure to love!

    A Salted Peanut Chew in the foreground with others in the background.

    Is it a candy, a bar or a cookie? Call it what you want - what it is is a peanut lovers favorite.

    For a few more like treats you have to try the No Bake Peanut Butter Bars, Hermit Bars with Lemon Glaze, Simple Samoa Cookie Bars, Spritz Bars - Easier than the Cookies or Homemade Pretzel Bites

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    A Tip to an Easier Way to Make Meringue

    The rule for combining egg whites and sugar to make a meringue has been steadfastly to beat the whites to the soft peak stage and then slowly, very slowly add the sugar a tablespoon or so at a time. Wait until it is dissolved in the whites and do it over and over again. NO MORE!!

    But there's a new game in town and it is the one we used at the bakery. Simply combine the egg whites, the sugar called for and the vanilla. Beat on medium to mix and as it starts to build volume raise the speed of the mixer.

    No more standing dribbling sugar in. If add a syrup to the meringue and the meringue becomes too stiff before the syrup is ready, just turn the speed down to low but do not turn the mixer off or the whites can granulate.

    This works on any recipe calling for a light, medium or heavy meringue. Then just proceed as the recipe calls for.

    Variations

    • 12 ounces of semisweet chocolate can be substituted for the peanut butter for a chocolate version.
    • Other nuts can be subbed for the peanuts. Pecans, walnuts, cashews, pistachios would all work. Other peanuts such as honey roasted may be substituted also. Lightly sprinkle sea salt over the nut layer or omit.
    • 3 cups of mini marshmallows (170 grams) can be used instead of making the marshmallow.
    • To make these even more decadent, top the peanut layer with a layer of chocolate ganache. Heat 1 cup heavy cream until steamy hot, but do not boil. Remove from the heat and submerge 7 ounces (200 grams) of semisweet chocolate under the hot cream. Let it sit for a few minutes and then stir or very gently whisk together until smooth. Remove the cooled, uncut Salted Peanut Butter Chews from the pan and pour the ganache over the peanut topping. Refrigerate briefly to set up. Cut as described or desired.
    • For an in depth look at making marshmallow, please see my post on Hazelnut Crunch Bars.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Salted Peanut Chews

    Ingredients for the Salted Peanut chews are all-purpose flour, brown sugar, baking powder, salt, baking soda, butter, vanilla, and egg yolks,

    FRONT ROW: Baking soda, vanilla, baking powder

    SECOND ROW: Egg yolks, unsalted butter, salte

    BACK ROW: all-purpose flour, brown sugar

    Marshmallow

    Ingredients for the Marshmallow are unflavored gelatin, water, egg whites,
vanilla, granulated sugar, and corn syrup.

    FRONT ROW: Gelatin, vanilla

    MIDDLE ROW: Water, corn syrup

    BACK ROW: Egg whites, granulated sugar, water

    Peanut Topping

    The ingredients for the topping include rice krispies, corn syrup, peanut butter, salted peanuts, vanilla and unsalted butter.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla, unsalted butter

    MIDDLE ROW: Peanut Butter, peanuts

    BACK ROW: Rice Krispies, corn syrup

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredient & instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    This collages shows the ingredients for the base  (butter, brown sugar, baking powder and soda, salt, butter vanilla and egg yolks) in the bowl of a mixer, the crumbs mixed and in the pan, patted down then covered with marshmallow.

    Step 1. Line a 9x13" pan with parchment paper and set aside. Place the unsalted butter, brown sugar, egg yolks, baking powder, baking soda, salt and vanilla in the bowl of a mixer. Step 2. Beat on low until crumbs form. Pour into the prepared pan. Step 3. Press the crumbs firmly and evenly on the bottom of the pan. Bake for 12 to 15 minutes until lightly browned. Step 4. Cover the base with the homemade marshmallow (see recipe below). Alternatively, spread 3 cups (170 grams) mini marshmallows over the bottom base and return to the oven for 1 to 2 minutes until they are puffy. Cool while preparing the top.

    This collages shows the corn syrup, butter, vanilla, and peanut butter in a large saucepan.

    Step 5. Place the peanut butter, corn syrup, butter and vanilla in a large saucepan. Step 6. Place over low heat and stir constantly until the butter melts and everything is smooth.Step 7. Add the peanuts and rice krispies, stirring well to coat everything evenly. Step 8. Immediately, while it is warm, spread it evenly over the marshmallow. Let it cool to room temperature.

    Marshmallow

    Tis collages shows the gelatin in the water blooming, the egg whites, vanilla and sugar in the mixing bowl, the sugar, corn syrup and water in a saucepan then boiling and the sides being washed down with water to remove any sugar crystals.

    Step 9. Stir the gelatin into the water and set it aside. Step 10. Place the egg whites, sugar as called for and vanilla in the bowl of a mixer. Step 11. Add the water, corn syrup and sugar to a medium size saucepan. Step 12. Bring the mixture to a hard boil and wash the sides down with a pastry brush dipped in cold water. Boil to 240°F.

    This collages sows the egg whites ready to have the syrup added, the hot syrup being poured between the beater and the bowl, the marshmallow almost done and completely mixed.

    Step 13. Marshmallow beaten and ready to receive the syrup. Step 14. When pouring the hot syrup in, try to keep it between the whisk and the bowl. Step 15 . Beat the mixture until it is very stiff. Step 16. Liquefy the gelatin by microwaving it for a few seconds in the microwave. Pour it over the marshmallow and beat it until incorporated and the marshmallow is very stiff. Use it immediately.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    When were Peanut Chews first made?

    A Romanian immigrant, David Goldenberg, had a small candy store in Philadelphia. Originally, he made them as a high-energy, high-protein ration for the U.S.troops in World War 1. They were later sold at retail in 1921. Goldenberg's Peanut Chews were first introduced by the Goldenberg Candy Company in 1917.

    Are Salted Peanut Chews the same thing?

    No, these are a homemade treat with a base layer, marshmallow and a peanut and rice krispie topping. The original Peanut Chew has no marshmallow.

    Is it hard to make marshmallow?

    Not at all. It's basically an Italian Meringue with gelatin added. A candy thermometer that reads to 240°F , a saucepan to make the syrup and a mixer for the egg whites and sugar are all that are needed.

    A Salted Peanut Chew in the foreground with others in the background.

    Looking for More?

    • Spice bars ready to eat surrounded by spices.
      Spice Bars
    • Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.
      Strawberry Brownies
    • A Millionaires Shortbread bar sits on a white plate with a fork and a tray of bars behind it.
      Updating Millionaire's Shortbread
    • Lightening Fast Brownies
      Quick Macadamia & White Chocolate Brownies

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A Salted Peanut Chew in the foreground with others in the background.

    Simple Salted Peanut Chews

    Helen S. Fletcher
    This really simple recipe for Salted Peanut Chews came about because i was purging my files. It's an olde but a goody.
    5 from 3 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Cook Time 15 minutes mins
    Total Time 15 minutes mins
    Course Cookies/Bars
    Cuisine American
    Servings 24 servings
    Calories 315 kcal

    Equipment

    • Thermometer that goes to 240°F.
    • 9x13 inch baking pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Salted Peanut Chews Base

    • 1 ½ cups all-purpose flour (210grams)
    • ⅔ cup brown sugar, firmly packed (135 grams)
    • ½ teaspoon baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon salt
    • ¼ teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ cup unsalted butter, softened (114 grams or 8 tablespoons
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla
    • 2 egg yolks (save the whites)

    Marshmallow - See note below if using mini marshmallows.

    • 1 tablespoon unflavored gelatin
    • ¼ cup cold water
    • 3 large egg whites (100 grams)
    • 1 cup granulated sugar, divided (200 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla
    • ½ cup water
    • 2 tablespoons corn syrup
    • OR
    • 3 cups mini marshmallows (200 grams)

    Topping for Salted Peanut Chews

    • ⅔ cup corn syrup, honey or golden syrup
    • ¼ cup unsalted butter (58 grams or 4 tablespoons)
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla
    • 1 cup peanut butter (240 grams)
    • 2 cups salted peanuts (225 grams)
    • 2 cups rice krispies (60 grams)

    Instructions
     

    Salted Peanut Chews Base

    • Line the bottom of a 9x13" baking pan with parchment. Spray the parchment and sides of the pan with a non-stick baking release. Set aside. Preheat the oven to 350°F.
    • In the bowl of a mixer, combine all of the ingredients for the base. Mix on low combine. Raise the speed to medium and mix until crumbs form. When a small amount is pressed together, it should not crumble. Pour into the prepared pan, even them out and press them firmly into the bottom of the pan. Bake for 12 to 14 minutes until lightly colored.
    • NOTE: Alternatively, If using the mini marshmallows sprinkle them evenly over the base and put them back in the oven for 1 or 2 minutes until puffy. Cool them while preparing the filling.

    Marshmallow

    • Sprinkle the gelatin over the ¼ cup cold water. Stir to moisten all of it. Set aside.
    • Add the egg whites, vanilla and ¼ cup granulated sugar (50 grams) to the bowl of a mixer. Beat to stiff peaks. If the meringue is done before the syrup is ready, lower the speed of the mixer but keep the meringue moving. Do not turn the the mixer off.
    • As soon as the egg whites start beating, combine the ½ cup water, the remaining sugar and corn syrup in a small saucepan. Bring to a rolling boil and wash down the sides of the pan with a pastry brush dipped in water to make sure no sugar crystals remain undissolved. Boil to 240°F.
    • As soon as the syrup comes to temperature, slowly pour it into the mixer. Try to pour it between the bowl and the whisk so it goes into the egg whites and not onto the whisk or the bowl.
    • Liquify the gelatin for a few seconds in the microwve and pour it over the egg whites. Beet until the marshmallow is cold and stiff.
    • Immediately spread it evenly over the cooled base. Set aside.

    Topping

    • In a large saucepan heat the corn syrup, butter, vanilla and peanut butter juset until the mixture is smooth.
    • Remove from the heat and stir in the nuts and cereal. Immediately spread over the marshmallow. Refrigerate to set up.
    • To cut, turn the bars out of the pan. Remove the parchment. Turn them right side up. Cut 6 across and 4 down or as desired.
    • The Salted Peanut Chews can be kept for days at room temperature.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ____________________________________________________
    12 ounces of semisweet chocolate can be substituted for the peanut butter for a chocolate version.
    Other nuts can be subbed for the peanuts. Pecans, walnuts, cashews, pistachios would all work. Other peanuts such as honey roasted may be substituted also. Lightly sprinkle sea salt over the nut layer or omit. 
    ­­­3 cups of mini marshmallows (170 grams) can be used instead of making the marshmallow.
    To make these even more decadent, top the peanut layer with a layer of chocolate ganache. Heat 1 cup heavy cream until steamy hot, but do not boil. Remove from the heat and submerge 7 ounces (200 grams) of semisweet chocolate under the hot cream. Let it sit for a few minutes and then stir or very gently whisk together until smooth. Remove the cooled, uncut Salted Peanut Butter Chews from the pan and pour the ganache over the peanut topping. Refrigerate briefly to set up. Cut as described or desired.
    For an in depth look at making marshmallow, please see my post on Hazelnut Crunch Bars.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 24servingsCalories: 315kcalCarbohydrates: 36gProtein: 8gFat: 17gSaturated Fat: 6gPolyunsaturated Fat: 4gMonounsaturated Fat: 7gTrans Fat: 0.2gCholesterol: 16mgSodium: 197mgPotassium: 184mgFiber: 2gSugar: 24gVitamin A: 334IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 33mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Rye Raisin Bread With Bakery-Style Flavor

    Modified: Feb 16, 2025 · Published: Feb 17, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 6 Comments

    Slices of the Rye Raisin Bread sits on a cutting board with the whole behind it surrounded by a plaid towel and knife.

    Imagine a Rye Raisin Bread chock full of flavor from the earthy rye flour with beer, raisins and a hint of orange that requires only a wet mixture and a dry mixture combined to achieve. No complicated steps, no long waits, just a bread that feels both rustic and refined. If you love old world breads with character and history, this is the kind of recipe you’ll come back to again and again.

    Slices of the Rye Raisin Bread sits on a cutting board with the whole behind it surrounded by a plaid towel and knife.

    What makes this rye raisin bread especially rewarding is how approachable the process is, even if you don’t bake with rye often. This old-world–style loaf delivers that bakery-quality experience at home, with balanced rye flavor, a soft interior, and just enough chew to make every slice memorable. And I can tell you it makes the best ham and cheese sandwich you'll ever eat - toasted or not!

    If you love bread baking as much as I do here are a few more for you: Stuffed Italian Bread - Pane Bianco, Garlic Oregano Cracker Bread, Stuffed Focaccia and No Knead Sicilian Olive Bread.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why use beer in yeast bread?

    Using beer in bread baking has always facilitated me - and I don't even drink beer. When used for bread, it leaves no hint of it's liquid flavor but the barley, hops and other ingredients add to the character of the dough, especially rye dough. While I prefer a dark beer (Porter's in this case), any beer can be used but the taste will change slightly. The beer is heated in this recipe to release the alcohol so it's perfectly safe for those who don't drink it or for children.

    While there is no definitive record of when yeast began to be used in bread baking, it is commonly thought to have occurred in Egypt. The Egyptians loved their beer and one story has it that a bakery was located next to it. With all of the yeast floating around, some of it ended up in the bread mixture and yeasted bread was born.

    Why you'll love this recipe

    • The old world flavor is one you will not find in a grocery store ore even modern bread bakeries.
    • Eat it by itself, with a meal, stew or soup, or for the best sandwich you'll ever eat.
    • It's so easy to make. Wet goes into dry, mix, shape, bake.
    • It has a good shelf life and doesn't stale easily.

    Recipe Ingredients

    ingredients for the Rye Raisin Bread are beer, yeast,  molasses,  vegetable oil, orange zest, bread flour, rye flour, brown sugar, salt, raisins.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, instant yeast, molasses, vegetable oil

    MIDDLE ROW: Orange zest, raisins, brown sugar

    BACK ROW: Bread Flour, beer, rye flour

    Important Ingredients

    • Soaking the raisins in really hot or boiling water softens them making and yields more flavor. It is important to squeeze all the water out of them before adding to the bread dough.
    • Light or brown sugar can be used.
    • Bread flour is important for it's ability to lift the dough higher, especially when using rye flour which has little to no rising ability on it's own.
    • Rye flour comes in colors - light, medium or dark and then pumpernickel, the darkest of all. I used medium. But either the light or dark would also work.
    • The use of beer in this recipe is one of the main flavor ingredients. Water can be used but it won't taste the same. Burning the alcohol off as required in the recipe makes just an ingredient.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    This collage shows the raisins soaking in hot water, the beer heating, the yeast added to the cooling beer and the molasses and oil added.

    Step 1. Pour very hot or boiling water over the raisins and let them sit while the rest of the recipe is prepped. Step 2. Heat the beer to a boil for 1 minute. Remove from the heat and leet cool until lukewarm. Step 3. Stir in the yeast and let it sit for a couple of minutes. Step 4. Add the molasses and oil. Set aside

    In this collages the brown sugar, orange zest and  salt are added to the bread and rye flours in the food processor., the liquid is poured i, mixed and the raisins have been added.

    Step 5. Place the bread, rye flours and salt in the bowl of a processor. Pulse several times to mix then add the brown sugar and orange zest. Pulse to mix in. Step 6. Pour the liquid ingredients in. Step 7. Process until the dough comes together but does not form a ball. Step 8. Squeeze all the water you can from the raisins and add them to the processor.

    This collage shows the bread finished in the processor, cut in  half, two ropes of dough formed and the end sealed.

    Step 9. Process with pulses to mix the raisins into the dough. Do not over process, some uncut raisins are fine. Turn the dough out. It will be a bit sticky. Without adding flour, knead it a few times to bring it together and smooth it out. Let it rise until doubled At this point the dough can be formed or it can be refrigerated overnight. Step 10. When ready to shape it, cut it in half Step 11. Roll each piece into a 16" rope and twist them together. Step 12. Brush a bit of water on the very top and pinch them together.

    The dough is twisted together , laced in a loaf pan, risen ad baked.

    Step 13. Twist the two ropes together tightly, brush the ends at the bottom with a bit of water and pinch them together then tuck the bottom and top ends underneath. Step 14. Place the rye raisin bread into a pan sprayed with a non-stick baking release. Step 15. Shortly before the bread has doubled in the pan, preheat the oven and Step 16. Bake as directed.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why does rye bread sometimes turn out dense?

    Different flours absorb hydration differently. If there is not enough liquid in the recipe the bread can become heavy, dense and/or dry.

    Is Rye Flour gluten free?

    No, rye flour does contain gluten but at a much lower rate that wheat flour. If someone is celiac free they should not eat rye products.

    Should raisins always be soaked before adding to bread?

    I always soak mine to ensure they are moist and contribute to the taste and softness of the dough. If the recipe calls for water, I use the raisin water in place of regular water.

    Expert Tips

    • Because this bread uses rye flour it is slower to rise than one made with just bread flour. As such it is to your advantage to use a proofer. Just put it in a container sprayed with a non-stick baking release cover it with a tea towel and put it in the oven with the light on. After about 30 or 40 minutes, check the temperature of the oven so that it doesn't exceed about 85°F. If it does, prop the door open with a wooden spoon. If you don't have a light in your oven, put the covered dough in, turn the temperature to 350°F for 1 minute. Turn it off and don't open the door for about an hour.
    • The dough will be sticky coming from the processor. Do not use additional flour. Use a bench scraper to pick it up from the table and turn it over and continue kneading until it is soft and comes together. A little sticky is fine.
    • If there is not enough tension to roll out the ropes without them springing back, put a few drops of water in the palm of your hands. Wipe them quickly together. They should just be damp. Starting at the middle of the rope, roll it out in both directions, stretching it as you go. You do not want a lot of water, just enough to set up tension on the work surface and your hands. So not flour the surface.
    • Because I once made a loaf of bread where the instant yeast did not dissolve and I had little bumps of yeast on the surface, I make it a habit to add the yeast to a liquid just to moisten it. It doesn't need to dissolve.
    Bottom picture of the bread on a wooden board with a napkin and knife the background.

    Hungry for More?

    • This photo shows a variety of round pizza crusts and a flatbread crust with a tomato and sauteed veggies in the background.
      Homemade Pizza Dough
    • Different ways to shape the Outback Steakhouse Bread are shown.
      Outback Steakhouse Bread
    • Buttermilk flatbreds on a colorful plate with a bowl of salsa.
      Buttermilk Flatbreads
    • Finished Baguettes
      Wine and Cheese Baguettes- A Favorite bread

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Slices of the Rye Raisin Bread sits on a cutting board with the whole behind it surrounded by a plaid towel and knife.

    Rye Raisin Bread With Bakery-Style Flavor

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Imagine a Rye Raisin Bread chock full of flavor from the earthy rye flour with beer, raisins and a hint of orange that requires only a wet mixture and a dry mixture combined to achieve. No complicated steps, no long waits, just a bread that feels both rustic and refined.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 25 minutes mins
    Cook Time 35 minutes mins
    Rising & Shaping time 3 hours hrs
    Total Time 4 hours hrs
    Course Bread
    Cuisine American
    Servings 12 servings
    Calories 162 kcal

    Equipment

    • 1 9x5 loaf pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    • ⅔ cup dark raisins
    • 1 ⅛ cups dark beer (1 cup + 2 Tablespoons)
    • 2 ¼ teaspoons instant yeast (1 packet)
    • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
    • 2 tablespoons molasses
    • 2 teaspoons orange zest (from 1 large orange)
    • 2 cups bread flour (280 grams)
    • 1 cup +3 tablespoons rye flour (140 grams)
    • 2 tablespoons brown sugar (packed)
    • 1 ½ teaspoons salt

    Instructions
     

    • Soak the raisins in very hot or boiling water. Set them aside while prepping the rest of the ingredients.
    • Place the beer in small saucepan and bring to a boil for 1 minutes. Remove from the heat and allow to cool to room temperature.
    • In the meantime put the bread and rye flours as well as the salt in the bowl of a processor. Pulse several times to mix. Add the brown sugar and orange zest. Pulse again several times.
    • Add the yeast and molasses to the beer, stirring well. Let it sit for a minute or two. Pour it over the dry ingredients in the processor and process to bring the dough together.
    • Squeeze as much water from the raisins as you can and add them to the processor. Pulse several times to cut them in. Do not over process. Some whole raisins are fine.
    • The dough may be slightly sticky. If it is, just knead it 5 or 10 times to make a smooth ball. Spray a container at least twice its size with a non-stick baking spray and place the dough in it. Turn it over so both sides are oiled. Cover with plastic wrap, and put a lid on the container or cover with a tea towel.
    • Because this bread uses rye flour it rises more slowly than one made with just bread flour. As such it is to your advantage to use a proofer. Just put it in a container sprayed with a non-stick baking release cover it with a tea towel and put it in the oven with the light on. After about 30 or 40 minutes, check the temperature of the oven so that it doesn't exceed about 85°F. If it does, prop the door open with a wooden spoon. If you don't have a light in your oven, put the covered dough in, turn the temperature to 350°F for 1 minute. Turn it off and don't open the door for about an hour. Let the dough double in size before using or holding overnight in the fridge.
    • Spray a 9x5 inch loaf pan with a non-stick baking spray, Set aside,
    • To shape the dough, deflate it and divide it in half (about 420 grams each). Roll each piece into a 16" rope and place them side by side. If there is not enough tension to roll out the ropes without them springing back, put a few drops of water in the palm of your hands. Wipe them quickly together. They should just be damp. Starting at the middle of the rope, roll it out in both directions, stretching it as you go. You do not want a lot of water, just enough to set up tension on the work surface and your hands. So do not flour the surface. Rewet your hands as needed.
    • Place the ropes side by side. Twist them together. Dab a bit of water on the very top and bottom pieces and pinch them together tucking them underneath.Place the twist into the prepared pan and let it rise until about doubled. Use the proofer again if desired.
    • Shortly before the bread is completely risen, heat the oven to 350°F. If you are proofing it in the oven, be sure to take the bread out of the oven when it is preheating.
    • Bake for 35 to 40 minutes until the bread is deeply browned and hollow sounding when tapped. Leave it in the pan for about 5 minutes and turn it out onto a rack to cool completely
    • The wrapped bread wlll stay good for several days or it can be frozen for several months.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _____________________________________________________
    The dough will be sticky coming from the processor. Do not use additional flour. Use a bench scraper to pick it up from the table and turn it over and continue kneading until it is soft and comes together. A little sticky is fine.
    If there is not enough tension to roll out the ropes without them springing back, put a few drops of water in the palm of your hands. Wipe them quickly together. They should just be damp. Starting at the middle of the rope, roll it out in both directions, stretching it as you go. You do not want a lot of water, just enough to set up tension on the work surface and your hands. So do not flour the surface. 
    Because I once made a loaf of bread where the instant yeast did not dissolve and I had little bumps of yeast on the surface, I make it a habit to add the yeast to a liquid just to moisten it. It doesn't need to dissolve.
    Soaking the raisins in really hot or boiling water softens them making and yields more flavor. It is important to squeeze all the water out of them before adding to the bread dough.
    Light or brown sugar can be used.
    Bread flour is important for it's ability to lift the dough higher, especially when using rye flour which has little to no rising ability on it's own.
    Rye flour comes in colors - light, medium or dark and then pumpernickel, the darkest of all. I used medium. But either the light or dark would also work.
    The use of beer in this recipe is one of the main flavor ingredients. Water can be used but it won't taste the same. Burning the alcohol off as required in the recipe makes just an ingredient.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 12servingsCalories: 162kcalCarbohydrates: 30gProtein: 4gFat: 3gSaturated Fat: 0.4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.01gSodium: 297mgPotassium: 176mgFiber: 2gSugar: 5gVitamin A: 2IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 17mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Valentine’s Desserts Everyone Is Baking

    Modified: Feb 10, 2025 · Published: Feb 10, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A close-up of a stack of salted macadamia rum toffee.

    Valentine’s Day brings out the craving for something a little sweeter—and these desserts deliver without overcomplicating things. This Valentine’s roundup pulls together tried-and-true favorites that feel festive, comforting, and completely achievable at home. They’re the kind of recipes people bookmark now and bake year after year even when it's not Valentine's Day. There are cookies, cakes, tarts, candy and more. One is sure to be your favorite!

    A close-up of a stack of salted macadamia rum toffee.

    Cookies

    Tropical Shortbread Cookies
    These heart shaped Tropical Shortbread Cookies are the perfect way to say "I Love You" on Valentines day. While cut out cookies can be a challenge, my post on Cut Out Cookies Using the Wax Paper Technique makes is so much easier.  
    No flour all over, no trying to scrape the cookie off the counter, just perfect cut out cookies every time without the drama. The cookies don't spread and they cut out cleanly with sharp edges.
    Check out this recipe
    Tropical Shortbreads half dipped in chocolate on a lattice platter in front of a purple background.
    Multi colored Painted Cookies on a lace plate
    Painted Cookies
    An easy way to finish a cookie with an explosion of color that is easy to make. The cookie recipe is included and is a joy as it doesn't spread when baked and keeps it's sharpe edges and shape.
    Check out this recipe
    French Macarons with Chocolate Raspberry Filling
    Just in time for Valentine's day comes these special French Macarons with the same chocolate raspberry truffle filling we sold at the bakery. This deeply chocolate, deeply raspberry filling is sandwiched between two pink macaroons.
    Check out this recipe
    A plate of pink French macarons filled with chocolate and raspberry sit on a white plate.
    Red and White glazed heart shaped Viennese Lemon Valentines Cookies on a white plate with blue edges.
    Viennese Lemon Valentines Cookies
    These Viennese Lemon Valentines Cookies are a European cookie that are a cinch to make using the food processor. They are a delightfully chewy cookie equally fantastic plain or glazed. A few ingredients, a quick turn in the processor and the dough is ready to be rolled and cut into shapes. These are a natural for Valentines Day, although they could be cut into any shape. Naturally gluten free, the cookies use almond flour.
    Check out this recipe
    Strawberry Brownies
    Looking for a Valentine's a brownie? These Strawberry Brownies deliver in every way. If you love brownies that are a bit different and unexpected, you've come to the right place. They’re chewy in the middle, lightly crisp on the edges, and packed with real strawberry flavor- thanks to the strawberry buttercream and chocolate glaze - making them ideal for this special day.
    Check out this recipe
    Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.

    Cakes

    A slice of theUltimate Chocolate Fudge Cake sits in a pool of creme anglaise.
    Updated GF Ultimate Chocolate Fudge Cake
    This Ultimate Chocolate Fudge Cake is ultra-smooth and has a deep, intense chocolate taste without being bitter or overwhelming. Serve it alone, with a caramel sauce or for a special treat serve it with the strawberry sauce for the Lemon Strawberry Cake. Nothing could say Valentine's day better or easier.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Strawberry Mousse Torte
    This Chocolate Strawberry Mousse Torte is a showy torte that is actually reallly easy to accomplish. It's like the best chocolate covered strawberry you ever ate!  A simple French cake, the Reine de Saba, is filled with fresh strawberries and topped with a chocolate mousse and glaze.
    Check out this recipe
    The Chocolate Strawberry Mousse Torte sits on a gold platter.
    A slice of the Raspberry MascarponeTarte Tropezienne sits on a lace edged white plate with a teal napkin behind it and a gold rimed saucer.
    Raspberry Mascarpone Tarte Tropezienne
    This is a great dessert anytime, but especially for Valentine's Day. It features my super easy 60 second Brioche as its base and if filled with an exquisite light, creamy mascarpone filling enclosing fresh raspberries with a special crunch from pearl sugar.  Also called Swedish Pearl Sugar, these snow-white nuggets don't melt when baked and are a must-have for this dessert.
    Check out this recipe
    Amaretto Truffle Torte
    This Amaretto Truffle Torte is one of the most intense, decadent tortes you will find. Intensely chocolate and deeply flavored with amaretto and hazelnuts (almonds are fine also), this should be served in small pieces to be savored.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate cake base covered with caramel and hazelnuts topped with amaretto ganache.

    Individual Desserts

    Decadent Gluten Free Turtle Cake
    Gluten Free Turtle Cake with Salted Carame.
    While this is the least perfect cake I have ever made I love it, I kept it because it is so darn delicious. Topped with the caramel no one knows. And boy did people ask for seconds.
    Check out this recipe
    Strawberry Verrines
    A verrine is a layered dessert or appetizer that is served in a small glass.  The glass allows for a beautiful vertical presentation.  Verrines originally came to us from France, but as with all foods we make them ours by the ingredients used.
    Check out this recipe
    A small glass hold the Strawberry Verrine which is a combination of a chocolate mousse and pastry cream filled with strawberries.
    A heart shaped individual chocolate truffle tart filled with fresh raspberries sits on a white plate with blue dots.
    No Bake Chocolate Raspberry Truffle Tarts
    If you're looking for an easy, mouthwatering dessert, these individual No Bake Chocolate Raspberry Truffle Tarts are perfect with a sophistication that will make everyone think you stopped by the best bakery in town. (Shhh! Don't tell anyone these can be made ahead!)
    Check out this recipe
    Dacquoise with Raspberry Mousse
    Dacquoise with Raspberry Mousse is an amazing combination of three nutted meringue discs filled with a raspberry mousse that is enhanced with mascarpone. Made into individual desserts (who doesn't like their own dessert?) these stunning offerings are easy to make and easier to eat.
    Check out this recipe
    An individual Hazelnut Meringue with a Rasperry filling sits on two plates,

    Pies and Tarts

    Chocolate Strawberry Pie
    Looking for something really fast and really tasty? This is it. A pie crust if filled with fresh strawberries and covered with a decadent chocolate ganache. 30 minutes top. Bake the crust while you hull the strawberries.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Truffle Raspberry Curd Tart
    This  elegant Chocolate Truffle Raspberry Curd Tart is actually really easy to make.  While it’s true there is no baking, the raspberry curd does have to be made at least a day or two ahead. But is is a no bake tart after that.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Truffle Raspberry Curd Tart

    Candy

    A close-up of a stack of salted macadamia rum toffee.
    Salted Macadamia Rum Toffee
    This Salted Macadamia Rum Toffee is simply a matter of adding a few ingredients at a time and taking the mixture to a stated temperature.  Stir in a couple of more ingredients and pour it into a prepared pan. In a matter of minutes, it’s cool and ready to finish.
    Check out this recipe
    Nutella Fudge Hearts
    Nutella Fudge can be made in a flash and is perfect for cutting into cute little hearts for Valentine's day. Not interested in hearts? Cut it into squares. With a little supervision this would be perfect to make with kids. It takes literally minutes to put together.
    Check out this recipe
    Nutella Hazelnut Fudge Hearts on a white plate with yellow rose petals below.
    Macadamia Brittle|Candy|Pastries Like a Pro
    Sweet and Hot Macadamia Brittle
    An easy brittle that doesn't require a candy thermometer, this brittle comes together easily and quickly. Any nut can be used and a touch of heat makes it memorable.
    Check out this recipe
    Better than Reese's Peanut Butter Cups
    And not only better, but really, really easy. Four ingredients for the peanut butter and two for the chocolate. So there's no excuse for not making these Peanut Butter Cups.
    Check out this recipe
    Reese's Peanut Butter Cups

    Thanks for looking and have a great Valentine's day!

    Nutella Fudge Hearts

    Modified: Jul 25, 2025 · Published: Feb 10, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    Nutella Hazelnut Fudge Hearts on a white plate with yellow rose petals below.

    Nutella Fudge can be made in a flash and is perfect for cutting into cute little hearts for Valentine's day. Not interested in hearts? Cut it into squares. With a little supervision this would be perfect to make with kids. It takes literally minutes to put together.

    Nutella Hazelnut Fudge Hearts on a white plate with yellow rose petals below.

    Since Nutella is made with hazelnuts, I added them to the fudge. If you're not into hazelnuts, use almonds or cashews. The nuts not only add flavor but texture as well.

    Looking for more sweet Valentine's Day candy ideas? Check out Candy For Your Valentine.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why you'll want to make this recipe

    • It's really quick and is smooth as silk on your tongue.
    • It tastes amazing.
    • Any shape can be cut out or just cut it into squares.
    • It's kid friendly, so invite them into the kitchen
    • The fudge is a shortcut version of traditional fudge which can be tricky

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the Nutella Fudge are Nutella, semisweet chocolate, condensed milk, unsalted butter, hazelnuts, vanilla, and sea salt.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla, sea salt

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter, toasted hazelnuts

    BACK ROW: Nutella, semisweet chocolate, condensed milk

    The vanilla I use is McCormicks imitation for this recipe because the nutella, chocolate and condensed milk are so strong it is a waste to use pure vanilla. While I know there are people who are surprised that I do not automatically pure vanilla in every recipe, there is a great discussion of my reasoning in Flavorings as Used in Baking and Pastry.

    Toasting the hazelnuts is important to bring out the depth of flavor. Chopping nuts can be a pain, so I show you a better way in Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way. Removing the hazelnut skins can be challenging but there is an easier way in the Hazelnut Gianduja Cake.

    The chocolate I use is Callebaut #811 Dark Chocolate Callets. They look like chocolate chips but are 100% chocolate made into chips for faster melting. They can be found on Amazon from various dealers with various prices.

    Condensed Milk is specified. It is a thick sweetened milk. Do not use evaporated milk as it is not sweetened, nor as thick. Although they both have 60% of their water evaporated, they cannot be substituted for one another.

    Sea Salt is optional but a great way to add additional flavor and cut the sweetness of the fudge. If using it, I suggest a fine sea salt.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the exact ingredients & instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    The first collage shows a square pan lined with foil, whole hazelnuts in a rimmed pan covered with film, the nuts are  chopped, and the ingredients in a large glass bowl.

    Step 1. Line a square pan with foil. Make sure the sides extend over the top making handles. Spray the foil. Set aside. Step 2. After toasting and skinning the hazelnuts, (see above), place them in a rimmed baking sheet. Cover them with film. Step 3. Then simply whack them with a meat pounder or heavy pan and they will chopped in minutes. Step 4. Place all of the ingredients except the sea salt in a large, microwaveable bowl. Microwave about 2 minutes depending upon your microwave until the butter and chocolate are melty. Some of the chocolate may look unmelted but the heat from the condensed milk and butter will finish the job. If not, microwave a bit longer.

    The second collage shows the fudge mixed, poured into the pan, the foil turned down and the fudge cut into hearts.

    Step 5. Stir together until completely combined. Step 6. Pour the Nutella Fudge into the prepared pan. Sprinkle with sea salt if using. Chill until set, usually a couple of hours. Step 7. Using the foil handles, remove the fudge from the pan. Turn the foil sides down so they are completely flat on the table. Step 8. Cut the fudge into hearts or whatever shape desired.

    Recipe FAQ's

    What is the meaning of Nutella

    It comes from the from the English word “Nut” and the Latin word “Ella” meaning sweet. The word means "sweet nut".

    Who makes Nutella?

    Nutella is produced by the Italian company Ferrero which started as a small café and bakery in a small town called Alba in the northern part of Italy.

    Where was Nutella originally marketed?

    1964, was the birth of Nutella as we know it today when it was introduced to the UK market.

    Expert tips

    • If using an 8x8 inch square pan, the fudge will be about 1" thick.
    • Make sure your cutter is a bit taller than that.
    • If you have a shorter cutter, use a 9x9 inch square pan to make the finished fudge less thick.
    • The number of hearts or other cutters depends upon their size. A 1 ½ inch cutter will yield about 25 hearts.
    Four chocolate hearts sit on a silver plate in front of a floral setting.

    More Sweets to Tempt You

    • Two chocolate truffles on a silver serving dish.
      Chocolate Chocolate Truffles
    • Sweet and Hot Macadamia Brittle
    • Peanut Butter Cups
      Better Than Reese's Peanut Butter Cups
    • Praline Square candy
      Praline Squares or Pecan Candy

    If you make these Nutella Fudge Hearts, I would very much appreciate it if you would take a moment to leave a rating below. Thank you.

    Nutella Hazelnut Fudge Hearts on a white plate with yellow rose petals below.

    Nutella Fudge Hearts

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Nutella Fudge can be made in a flash and is perfect for cutting into cute little hearts for Valentine's day. This super easy recipe goes together in minutes and is kid friendly.
    No ratings yet
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 15 minutes mins
    Chilling time 2 hours hrs
    Total Time 2 hours hrs 15 minutes mins
    Course Candy
    Cuisine American
    Servings 25 pieces
    Calories 196 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    • ½ cup hazelnuts (60 grams)
    • 14 ounce can condensed milk
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla
    • 8 ounces semisweet chocolate (225 grams)
    • 1 cup Nutella
    • 3 tablespoons unsalted butter (45 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon sea salt, or to taste

    Instructions
     

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line an 8x8 inch or 9x9 inch square pan with foil, making sure the foil over hangs the sides of the pan. Spray the pan with a non-stick baking release.
    • Place the hazelnuts on a rimmed baking sheet and toast them for 7 to 10 minutes until golden brown and fragrant. To remove the skins easily, see my post Hazelnut Gianduja Cake.
    • Place all of the ingredients except the salt in a large microwave bowl. Microwave about 3 minutes on half power to melt the butter, chocolate, Nutella and condensed milk.
    • Alternatively, place the bowl over a pan of simmering water, stirring after a few minutes to melt everything.
    • Stir the ingredients together until completely mixed. Pour into the prepared pan. and smooth out. Sprinkle with sea salt if using.
    • Refrigerate several hours to set and become firm.
    • Lift the fudge out of the pan, using the overhanging foil. Turn the foil down so it is flat on the table.
    • Cut the hearts out, pushing them out of the cutter from the top.
    • Store in an airtight container.
    • The baker's reward is the scraps around the cutter!

    Notes

    Any shape cutter can be used or just cut it into squares.
    It's kid friendly, so invite them into the kitchen
    The vanilla I use is McCormicks imitation for this recipe because the nutella, chocolate and condensed milk are so strong it is a waste to use pure vanilla. While I know there are people who are surprised that I do not automatically pure vanilla in every recipe, there is a great discussion of my reasoning in Flavorings as Used in Baking and Pastry.
    Toasting the hazelnuts is important to bring out the depth of flavor. Chopping nuts can be a pain, so I show you a better way in Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way.  Removing the hazelnut skins can be challenging but there is an easier way in the Hazelnut Gianduja Cake.
    The chocolate I use is Callebaut #811 Dark Chocolate Callets. They look like chocolate chips but are 100% chocolate made into chips for faster melting. They can be found on Amazon from various dealers with various prices.
    Condensed Milk is specified. It is a thick sweetened milk. Do not use evaporated milk as it is not sweetened, nor as thick. Although they both have 60% of their water evaporated, they cannot be substituted for one another. 
    Sea Salt is optional but a great way to add additional flavor and cut the sweetness of the fudge. If using it, I suggest a fine sea salt.
    If using an 8x8 inch square pan, the fudge will be about 1" thick.
    Make sure your cutter is a bit taller than that.
    If you have a shorter cutter, use a 9x9 inch square pan to make the finished fudge less thick.
    The number of hearts or other shapes depends upon their size. A 1 ½ inch cutter will yield about 25 hearts. 
    The Nutella Fudge stores well in an airtight tin at room temperature. 
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 25piecesCalories: 196kcalCarbohydrates: 21gProtein: 3gFat: 11gSaturated Fat: 7gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.4gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.1gCholesterol: 10mgSodium: 119mgPotassium: 176mgFiber: 2gSugar: 19gVitamin A: 90IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 67mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Homemade Pretzel Bites That Vanish Fast

    Modified: Feb 2, 2025 · Published: Feb 3, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    Pretzel bites surround a bowl of Hot Honey Mustard dip with napkins in the background on bottles of beer on the side.

    Fresh from the oven, these Homemade Pretzel Bites have that deep golden crust, a tender, chewy center, and a Hot Honey Mustard Dip that you won't believe - I can eat it by the spoonful. They're easy to make and look like a bakery treat but come together with simple pantry ingredients. Whether you’re making them for game day, snacking, or a cozy weekend bake, this is the kind of recipe that you'll want to make again and again. Better yet, these can be made ahead and baked off from the freezer.

    Pretzel bites surround a bowl of Hot Honey Mustard dip with napkins in the background on bottles of beer on the side.

    What makes these pretzel bites work so well is an unbelievably easy dough made with pantry ingredients and a quick baking-soda bath that creates that classic pretzel flavor and mahogany brown chewy crust. There’s no special equipment, and no complicated shaping, Below, I’ll walk you through each step so you know exactly what to look for, from start to finish.

    For more great snack recipes, don't miss these: TJ's Cowboy Bark, Hot Curried Party Mix and Simple Salted Peanut Chews

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why you'll love these Pretzel Bites

    • Yeast dough doesn't get any easier.
    • The dough rises in literally 1 hour.
    • The pretzel bites taste like those pretzels sold in the malls with a chewy outsides and soft, delicious inside.
    • The Hot Honey Mustard Dip is something you'll find many other uses for such as a salad dressing, as a binder for a chicken salad, as an accompaniment to pork, or eat by the spoonful when you need a pick me up.
    • I know a couple of teen-agers who pulled these off so you can too!

    What is Barley Malt Syrup?

    Barley malt syrup is a thick, dark, slightly sweet syrup similar in looks to molasses but not as sweet. It's made from sprouted barley.

    Barley malt syrup is used in bread baking to boost yeast activity, enhance the flavor and color, add moisture and texture and is essential for achieving a traditional, chewy texture and deep, glossy crust, particularly in the boiling water. 

    Lye or Baking Soda?

    Traditionally and commercially pretzels are dunked into boiling water with food grade lye. It's perfectly safe to eat and has been used forever. However, because of the enormous safety concerns I don't recommend it. If it gets on your skin it can cause burns so gloves, goggles and protective clothing are recommended.

    Baking soda is a safe alternative and serves the same purpose so there's no need to use lye. I have seen recipes where the water is not boiling when the bites are added. I have not tested this so really can't speak to it. I recommend a large pot and using the boiling water technique as described below.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Pretzel Bites

    Ingredients for the pretzel bites are all-purpose flour, water, barley malt syrup or brown sugar, oil, salt, and yeast.

    FRONT ROW: Barley Malt Syrup, canola oil, salt, instant yeast

    BACK ROW: All-purpose flour, water

    Baking Soda Bath and Finishing

    The baking soda bath and finishing includes barley malt syrup, baking soda, water, a dutch oven or large pot and a slotted spoon for the bath.  To finish, an egg, water, coarse salt or pearl sugar.

    FRONT ROW: Barley Malt Syrup, baking soda, water

    MIDDLE ROW: Swedish Pearl Sugar, coarse salt, egg

    BACK ROW: Large Dutch oven or pot and a slotted spoon

    Hot Honey Mustard Dip

    Ingredients for the hot honey mustard dip include coarse ground mustard,  honey, mayonnaise, and cayenne pepper. A fifth ingredient was  not used in the finished dip,

    FRONT ROW: Vinegar (which was omitted in the finished dip), cayenne pepper

    BACK ROW: Coarse ground mustard, honey, mayonnaise

    Key Ingredients and Substitutions

    • Brown Sugar can be substituted for the Barley Malt Syrup in the yeast dough.
    • Vegetable oil can be substituted for the canola oil.
    • If not you using the Barley Malt Syrup in the baking soda bath, don't use anything.
    • Brushing the pretzel bites with the egg wash is not mandatory but gives a nice shine to them. I strongly suggest it and it only takes a few minutes. In addition it holds the salt or sugar in place better than water.
    • I like the extra bite the coarse ground mustard gives to the Hot Honey Mustard Dip but dijon or another mustard can be substituted. However, it will change the taste of the final dip.
    • I was originally going to add the vinegar to sharpen the taste but it was unnecessary and would also thin out the dip so I omitted it.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    It is best to bake these at once if possible. Set the bottom rack ⅓ of the way up and the top rack ⅓ from the top.

    The first collage shows the yeast sprinkled over the water, the oil and barley malt added and mixed in and the flour and salt in a bowl. ,

    Step1. Sprinkle the yeast over the water. I do this even with instant yeast since I once made a yeast dough where it wasn't fully dissolved. Stir it in. Step 2. After the yeast is a bit foamy, add the barley malt syrup or brown sugar and oil. Step 3. Stir everything together to make sure it is combined. Step 4. Add the salt to the all-purpose flour.

    This collage shows the liquid being added to the flour mixture in a mixing bowl, the dough mixed, shaped into  a ball in the bowl and then risen.

    Step 5. Place the flour mixture in a mixing bowl. Add the liquid to the flour. Step 6. Mix on low until it comes together. Beat for 3 minutes on the knead speed of your mixer until the is smooth and cleans the bowl as seen in the photo. Step 7. Shape the dough into a ball and place it in a bowl at least twice the size of the ball sprayed with a non-stick baking release. Step 8. Cover the bowl and let the dough rise. It will take about an hour. At this point it can be worked immediately, refrigerated overnight or frozen for a couple of months.

    This collage shows the dough divided into 10 pieces, covered with film, a ball of doug, a small container of water and a ruler, then a ruler and a rope of dough cut into 7 pieces.

    Step 9. Line two half sheet pans with parchment and spray them very well with a non-stick baking spray. Set them aside. Divide the dough into 10 pieces abut 85 grams each. Step 10. Cover them with plastic wrap while you shape one at a time. Step 11. To make it easier to roll the ball into a rope have a small bowl of water and a ruler ready. If the dough doesn't have enough tension on it when rolling it out to a 10" rope, dip a finger or two into the water, shake it off and rub the remainder into the palms of your hands. They should not be wet, but damp. Shape the ball into a rope and press down while rolling from the center out until it is about 11" long. Pick it up and allow it to shrink back to 10". Under no condition should you flour the surface. Step 12. With the ruler placed behind the rope cut it into 7 - 1 ½" pieces of dough with a bench scraper or knife.

    The last collage shows the water bath for the pretzels, the pretzels cut, dipped in the water path, and then baked.

    Step 13. As you start rolling and cutting the last 1 or 2 of the rolls, start heating the water for the baking soda dip. Bring the water to a boil in a large Dutch oven or stock pan. Add the baking soda slowly - no more than a tablespoon at a time. It will rise up tremendously. Stir it while it subsides, then add another tablespoon. At the end add the barley malt syrup if using. If you are still cutting the pretzels, reduce the heat and cover the pan so the water doesn't evaporate. Step 14. Cut all of the pretzels. Step 15. Bring the water back to a boil Lower as many as will fit without crowding into the water. Stir them around for 20 to 30 seconds but no longer. Remove them to the sprayed half sheet pans. Repeat until all of them are dunked. Arrange them about ½ to 1 inch apart on the baking sheets. Beat the egg to combine the yolk and white and add the water. Brush the pretzels and sprinkle with coarse salt or Swedish Pearl Sugar.

    Double Pan the two sheet pans and bake as directed switching the pans top to bottom and turning them so they brown evenly.

    To Make Ahead

    The bites can be rolled and cut then put through the water bath. Place them on a tray lined with parchment paper and sprayed with a non-stick baking release. Freeze for about an hour or until hard. Do not egg wash them. When hard, transfer to a freezer proof bag or container. To bake them, place them on a sprayed, parchment lined tray spacing them about an inch apart. Brush then with egg wash and sprinkle with salt or sugar. Add a few minutes more to the baking time.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why do pretzel bites need a baking soda water bath?

    The baking soda bath gives pretzel bites their signature chewy texture and deep golden color. It changes the surface of the dough so it browns properly in the oven and develops that classic pretzel flavor.

    Can pretzel bites be made ahead?

    Absolutely. The dough can be made and frozen for several months, well wrapped. Thaw in the fridge and continue as directed in the recipe. They can also be made completely and frozen, then heated in a 350°F oven for 20 minutes or so to thaw and freshen.

    What is the best way to get the salt, cheese or sugar to stick on a pretzel?

    The surest way is to brush the pretzels just before baking with an egg wash made with one egg well beaten plus 1 tablespoon of water. Lightly brush the bites after they come from the water bath are have dried for a couple of minutes then sprinkle them with whatever you please.

    Expert Tips

    • The dough should not be too soft or too firm when mixed. Softer is easier to roll into ropes but is more bready tasting, but firmer tastes like a pretzel. Both should clean the sides and bottom of the mixing bowl.
    • While the baking soda water bath is not mandatory, the bites won't taste like pretzels if it isn't used. So I very much recommend it.
    • I have been asked if the egg wash is necessary. I use it to give a final beautiful sheen to the baked bites and equally important to keep the toppings in place. It's more reliable than water.
    • Softening the instant yeast in liquid ensures it is completely dissolved and also gives a head start to the rising process.
    • This dough is amazing in that it takes one rise for one hour.
    • Use a very large pot for the water bath even though there isn't a lot of water. The baking soda will really rise up in the boiling water. And add the baking soda very slowly to help control it. It will subside but get very bubbly when the bites are added.
    • Flour should not be used to roll out the ropes. See Step 11 if there is not enough tension to roll out the ropes.
    Pretzel bites surround a bowl of Hot Honey Mustard dip with napkins in the background on bottles of beer on the side.
    • Hot Peppered Pecans
      Hot Peppered Pecans
    • Zippy Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads
      Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads
    • Puff Pastry Crackers
      Puff Pastry Crackers
    • Hot Curried Party Mix in a bowl
      Hot Curried Party Mix

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Pretzel bites surround a bowl of Hot Honey Mustard dip with napkins in the background on bottles of beer on the side.

    Homemade Pretzel Bites That Vanish Fast

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Fresh from the oven, these Homemade Pretzel Bites have that deep golden crust, a tender, chewy center, and a Hot Honey Mustard Dip that you won't believe - I can eat it by the spoonful.
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr
    Cook Time 15 minutes mins
    Rising Time 1 hour hr
    Total Time 2 hours hrs 15 minutes mins
    Course Snack
    Cuisine American
    Servings 70 bites
    Calories 48 kcal

    Equipment

    • Stand Mixer
    • Large Dutch Oven or Stock Pot
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pretzel Bite Dough

    • 2 ¼ teaspoons instant yeast
    • 1 ½ cups water
    • 1 tablespoon barley malt syrup or brown sugar
    • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil or melted butter
    • 3 ⅔ to 3 ¾ cups all-purpose flour (515 to 540 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon salt

    Baking Soda Bath and Finishing

    • 6 cups water
    • ¼ cup baking soda
    • 1 tablespoon barley malt syrup, optional
    • 1 large egg
    • 1 tablespoon water
    • coarse salt, optional
    • Swedish Pearl Sugar, optional

    Hot Honey Mustard Dip

    • ½ cup coarse ground mustard
    • ½ cup mayonnaise
    • 3 tablespoons honey
    • ¼ teaspoon cayenne pepper

    Instructions
     

    Pretzel Bite Dough

    • Sprinkle the yeast over the warm water and stir it in.
    • Add the barley malt syrup or brown sugar and oil, stirring them in.
    • Combine the smallest amount of flour and salt in a mixing bowl. Pour the liquid over and beat on low to bring together. Beat on the Knead setting of the mixer for 3 minutes or until a smooth dough forms that cleans the side and bottom of the bowl. Add 1 tablespoon of the reserved flour at a time if the dough seems sticky. It should be tacky but it should not stick to your hands.
    • Place the dough in a container sprayed with a non-stick baking release. Place the dough in it and cover it with plastic wrap until doubled which should take about an hour. At this point it can be used immediately or it can be refrigerated overnight or frozen for a couple of months. If frozen, thaw it overnight in the fridge and continue.
    • Preheat the oven to 400°F. Line 2 half sheets with parchment paper and spray them very well with a non-stick baking release. Set them aside. Place the oven racks in the lower third and upper third of the oven.
    • To make it easier to roll the ball into a rope have a small bowl of water and a ruler ready. If the dough doesn't have enough tension on it when rolling it out to a 10" rope, dip a finger or two into the water, shake it off and rub the remainder into the palms of your hands. They should not be wet, but damp.
      Shape the ball into a rope and press down while rolling from the center out until it is about 11" long. Pick it up and allow it to shrink back to 10". Under no condition should you flour the surface. With the ruler placed behind the rope cut it into 7 - 1 ½" pieces of dough with a bench scraper or knife.
      Place them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Continue rolling and cutting the ropes.
    • When you get to the last one or two, put the 6 cups of water on to boil Put a lid on the pan so the water doesn't evaporate. Finish rolling and cutting the dough.

    Baking Soda Bath and Finishing

    • Using a large Dutch oven or stock pot, bring 6 cups of water to a boil. Very slowly add the baking soda. It will bubble up furiously. Stir it down. Continue until all of the baking soda is added. Last add the barley malt syrup. If not using the syrup don't add anything.
    • Using a slotted spoon or spider, add as many of the bites as the pan will hold without overly crowding the. Stir for 25 to 30 seconds and remove them to one of the prepared half sheets. Continue until all of them have been through the bath. They will have enlarged at this point.
    • Spread them out about ½ to 1 inch apart. They won't rise anymore.
    • Beat the egg in a small bowl until it is completely mixed. Add the 1 tablespoon of water. Brush each pretzel with the egg wash and sprinkle lightly with coarse salt for savory or Swedish Pearl Sugar for sweet.
    • It is best to double pan the bites to prevent them from getting overly browned on the bottom. Bake for 12 to 15 minutes until deeply browned. Switch the pans top to bottom halfway through and turn them so they brown evenly.
    • Remove the bites from the trays within 5 minutes as they will stick to the paper if they get cool.

    Hot Honey Mustard Dip

    • Stir all of the ingredients together. This can be made a day or two ahead.

    To Make Ahead

    • The bites can be rolled and cut then put through the water bath. Place them on a tray and freeze for about an hour or until hard. Do not egg wash them. When hard, transfer to a freezer proof bag or container. To bake them, place them on a sprayed, parchment lined tray spacing them about an inch apart. Brush then with egg wash and sprinkle with salt or sugar. Add a few minutes more to the baking time.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    __________________________________________________
    Brown Sugar can be substituted for the Barley Malt Syrup in the yeast dough.
    Vegetable oil can be substituted for the canola oil. 
    If not you using the Barley Malt Syrup in the baking soda bath, don't use anything.
    Brushing the pretzel bites with the egg wash is not mandatory but gives a nice shine to them. I strongly suggest it and it only takes a few minutes. In addition, it holds the salt or sugar in place better than water.
    I like the extra bite the coarse ground mustard gives to the Hot Honey Mustard Dip but dijon or another mustard can be substituted. However, it will change the taste of the final dip.
    I was originally going to add the vinegar  (as seen in the ingredients photo) to sharpen the taste but it was unnecessary and would also thin out the dip so I omitted it.
    The dough should not be too soft or too firm when mixed. Softer is easier to roll into ropes but is more bready tasting, but firmer tastes like a pretzel. Both should clean the sides and bottom of the mixing bowl.
    While the baking soda water bath is not mandatory, the bites won't taste like pretzels if it isn't used. So I very much recommend it.
    Softening the instant yeast in liquid ensures it is completely dissolved and also gives a head start to the rising process.
    Use a very large pot for the water bath even though there isn't a lot of water. The baking soda will really rise up in the boiling water. And add the baking soda very slowly to help control it. Sir it and it will subside but get very bubbly when the bites are added.
    Flour should not be used to roll out the ropes. See Step 11 if there is not enough tension to roll out the ropes.
    The Hot Honey Mustard Dip is something you will find many other uses for such as a salad dressing, as a binder for a chicken salad or eat by the spoonful when you need a pick me up. 
     
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 70bitesCalories: 48kcalCarbohydrates: 7gProtein: 1gFat: 2gSaturated Fat: 0.3gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 0.4gTrans Fat: 0.005gCholesterol: 3mgSodium: 183mgPotassium: 17mgFiber: 0.4gSugar: 1gVitamin A: 9IUVitamin C: 0.02mgCalcium: 4mgIron: 0.4mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Strawberry Brownies

    Modified: Jan 26, 2025 · Published: Jan 27, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 16 Comments

    Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.

    Looking for something a bit different in a brownie? These Strawberry Brownies deliver in every way. If you love brownies that are a bit different and unexpected, you've come to the right place. They’re chewy in the middle, lightly crisp on the edges, and packed with real strawberry flavor- thanks to the strawberry buttercream and chocolate glaze - making them ideal for parties, baby showers, or just a fun weeknight bake.

    Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.

    They’re easy to make ahead, travel well, and slice cleanly—making them as practical as they are pretty.

    This recipe is intentionally simple, with clear steps and no fancy techniques, so you can have these strawberry brownies in the oven fast. Whether you’re baking for a party, a holiday, or just because you’re craving something sweet, the ingredients are easy to find and the results are consistently soft, chewy, and full of strawberry flavor. Let’s walk through exactly what you’ll need and how to make them turn out perfect every time.

    Other bars and brownies to satisfy your craving include: No Bake Peanut Butter Bars, Simple Samoa Cookie Bars, Updating Millionaire's Shortbread, and the ever popular Mocha Kahlua Brownies.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why you'll want to make these strawberry brownies

    • They're absolutely packed with flavor.
    • The strawberry buttercream uses freeze dried strawberries to intensify the taste.
    • They can be frozen fully baked and just thawed for a quick chocolate strawberry fix.
    • They are super easy to make.......and to eat!

    Recipe Ingredients

    Brownies

    Ingredients for the brownies are: natural cocoa, all-purpose flour, salt, baking powder, eggs, dark brown sugar, canola oil and vanilla estract.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, vanilla, baking soda

    MIDDLE ROW: Natural cocoa, eggs, all-purpose flour

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar, dark brown sugar, canola oil

    Strawberry Buttercream

    Ingredients for the Strawberry buttercream include powdered sugar, freeze dried strawberries, unsalted butter, milk,and almond extract.

    FRONT ROW: Milk, almond extract

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar, red food coloring (optional), freeze dried strawberries

    Cream Glaze

    The cream glaze is made with semisweet chocolate and heavy cream.

    Left to Right: Semisweet chocolate, heavy cream

    Important Ingredients

    • Natural Cocoa is lighter in color, acidic and more intense in flavor as it has not been altered as has Dutch Cocoa. Generally, natural cocoa takes baking soda to counter the acidity. Hershey's, Valrhona, and Ghirardelli all sell natural cocoa. For more information see my post Cocoa Fundamentals - Natural vs. Dutched.
    • Either canola or vegetable oil can be used.
    • Whole milk or 2% are interchangeable.
    • Dark brown sugar is recommended for increased flavor but light brown can be substituted.
    • McCormick vanilla is fine here.
    • It is important to use freeze dried strawberries for the buttercream.
    • Red food coloring is optional
    • Heavy whipping cream is essential to the outcome of the Cream Glaze.
    • Trader Joe's has the 1.2 ounce packages of freeze dried strawberries with the best price I can find.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Brownies

    This collage shows the pan prepared with a parchment paper overhang, the dry ingredients in a strainer, sifted and eggs, sugars and vanilla in a mixing bowl.

    Step 1. Prepare the 9x9x2 inch square baking pan with a parchment paper sling. Spray the paper and the sides of the pan with a non-stick baking release. Set aside. Step 2. Place the flour, cocoa, salt and baking soda in a strainer to sift it as the cocoa especially usually has lumps that are hard to mix into the batter. Step 3.Sift the ingredients over waxed or parchment paper. Step 4. Place the eggs, brown and powdered sugar, and vanilla in the bowl of a mixer.

    This collage shows the egg mixture mixed, the flour mixture added and mixed and the batter in the pan.

    Step 5. Mix the ingredients to combine. Add the oil and mix again to completely incorporate it. Step 6. Add the dry ingredients and blend together just until incorporated. Step 8. Pour into the prepared pan and bake as directed.

    Strawberry Buttercream

    This collages shows the steps for the strawberry buttercream include the powdered sugar and freeze dried strawberries in a food processor, processed, transferred to the mixer and finished mixing.

    Step 9. Place half the powdered sugar and half the freeze dried strawberries in a processor. Step 10. Process until the strawberries are completely pulverized and part of the powdered sugar. Be sure to cover the feed tube as the powder will fly around. Repeat with the second half of the ingredients. Step 11. Transfer the mixture to a mixing bowl and add the rest of the ingredients. Step 12. Beat on low to bring together and then raise to medium or medium high and beat to increase the volume.

    Cream Glaze

    This is the same glaze we used on many of our chocolate covered cakes at the bakery. While it goes on liquid it sets up perfectly. After refrigerating, it stays firm to touch but is not hard at room temperature.

    This collages hows the cream glaze being made by  heating the cream, adding the chocolate, submerging it beneath the hot cream and stirring to combine it into a smooth chocolate glaze.

    Step 13. Heat the cream until very hot and steamy but not boiling. If the cream boils there is a risk of the glaze becoming dull. Step 14. Add the semisweet chocolate. Step 15. Submerge the chocolate under the hot cream and let it sit for about 4 to 5 minutes. Step 16. Stir or very gently whisk the mixture until smooth and completely combined. Be careful if using a whisk that you aren't too aggressive or air bubbles can form that are difficult to remove.

    Assembly of the Strawberry Brownies

    The last collage shows the strawberry butter cream on the brownie, spread out smoothly, the glaze poured over and the brownies cut.

    Step 17. The amount of buttercream depends upon how much air has been beaten in to lighten it. Step 17. As such, use it all or as much as you like. Turn the brownie out of the pan, remove the paper and frost it upside down. Spread the buttercream in an even layer. Step 19. The glaze should be cool but pourable. Pour it over the buttercream and spread it to the edges. I push mine over to make sure it will be uniformly covered. Step 20. Chill the brownies to set up the glaze and firm the buttercream. I cut them into 16 squares because they are so rich. Cut them as you like. Note: Be sure to serve these at room temperature for the best flavor.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    How do these Strawberry Brownies differ from others?

    Instead of using fresh strawberries or strawberry puree, this brownie is covered with an intense strawberry buttercream which yields a much stronger strawberry flavor.

    What are Strawberry Brownies

    These Strawberry brownies are soft, chewy bar cookies topped with strawberry buttercream and finished with a chocolate glaze, offering a fudgy texture similar to brownies with a bright, fruity taste.

    Can these brownies be frozen?

    Absolutely. Just cut them and freeze them until hard. To help protect the chocolate glaze, wrap them in plastic wrap, then in foil. Freeze for several months. To thaw, remove all of the wrapping and allow to thaw at room temperature.

    Expert Tips

    • Don't over beat the brownie batter after the flour is added.
    • Bake them until a few crumbs remain on the tester.
    • For the best flavor, use semisweet chocolate and not chocolate chips.
    • Heavy cream must be used for the glaze. The finished glaze should be cool but pourable.
    • If you use a whisk to stir the ganache make sure to just stir it and not whisk it or air bubbles can form and they are difficult to get out.
    • If there is strawberry buttercream left over use it to sandwich sugar cookies or top cupcakes.
    • Don't waste pure vanilla here. It won't be noticed in the dense chocolate brownie.
    Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.

    Bars and Brownies Abound

    • Spice bars ready to eat surrounded by spices.
      Spice Bars
    • Rugelach Bars are stacked on a decorative plate.
      Quick Easy Versatile Rugelach Bars
    • Multiple Mexican Chocolate Browines sit on a white lattice tray with more on a white cake stand with a glass of milk in an orange glass.
      Mexican Chocolate Brownies
    • A fudgy brownie on the bottom with a chocolate and butterscotch chip cookie on top.
      Brownie+Cookie=Easy Brookie Recipe

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Multiple Strawberry Brownies sit on a white background.

    Strawberry Brownies

    Helen S. Fletcher
    If you love brownies that are a bit different and unexpected, these strawberry brownies deliver. They’re chewy in the middle, lightly crisp on the edges, and packed with real strawberry flavor- thanks to the strawberry buttercream and chocolate glaze
    5 from 5 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr
    Cook Time 30 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 30 minutes mins
    Course Brownies
    Cuisine American
    Servings 16 brownies
    Calories 390 kcal

    Equipment

    • 9x9x2" square pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Brownies

    • ⅔ cup natural cocoa (55 grams)
    • ½ cup all-purpose flour (70 grams)
    • ½ teaspoon salt
    • ¼ teaspoon baking soda
    • 3 large eggs
    • ⅔ cup dark brown sugar, packed (130 grams)
    • 1 ⅓ cups powdered sugar (170 grams)
    • ⅔ cup canola or vegetable oil
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

    Strawberry Buttercream

    • 1.2 ounce pkg. freeze dried strawberries
    • 1 ¾ cup powdered sugar (235 grams)
    • ½ cup unsalted butter, softened (114 grams or 1 stick)
    • ½ teaspoon almond extract
    • 3 to 4 tablespoons milk
    • Red food coloring, optional

    Cream Glaze

    • ⅔ cup heavy cream
    • 5 ounces semisweet chocolate (140 grams)

    Instructions
     

    Brownies

    • Preheat the oven to 325°F. Prepare the 9x9x2 inch square baking pan with a parchment paper sling. Spray the paper and the sides of the pan with a non-stick baking release.
    • Sift the cocoa, flour, salt and baking soda together. This is easily done using a strainer. The cocoa often has lumps that are hard to mix into the final batter.
    • Place the eggs, powdered and brown sugars, and the vanilla in a mixing bowl. Beat for about 3 minutes until fluffy and lighter in color.
    • Add the oil, mixing until completely combined.
    • Last, add the flour mixture and beat on low for about 1 minute scraping the sides and bottom of the bowl as needed until completely blended..
    • Pour the batter into the prepared pan and smooth the top. Bake for about 28 to 32 minutes or until a cake tester comes out with a few moist crumbs stuck to it. Do not over bake. If the side have risen above the middle of the brownie, use a spatula to press them down evenly when they come from the oven. Cool completely.

    Strawberry Buttercream

    • Place about half the freeze dried strawberries and powdered sugar in the bowl of a food processor. Make sure the feed tube has the plunger in place or it is covered. Process until the strawberries and powdered sugar are one with no pieces of strawberries remaining. Empty into a mixing bowl. Repeat with the remaining half of the strawberries and powdered sugar.
    • Place everything in the bowl of a mixer, using 3 tablespoons of milk to start with. Mix on low to bring together, then raise to medium high and beat to lighten it and increase the volume. Add additional milk to make a good spreading consistency. Add the red food coloring if using. Set aside.

    Cream Glaze

    • Heat the cream until steaming but not boiling. Boiling the cream can dull the glaze.
    • Add the chocolate and submerge it below the hot cream. Let it sit for 4 to 5 minutes. Using a spoon or a whisk gently stir the mixture until smooth. If using a whisk, just stir do not whisk aggressively or air bubbles can form and they are difficult to remove. Cool to room temperature. It should still be a heavy liquid and pourable.

    Assembly of the Strawberry Brownies

    • Turn the brownie out onto a baking pad or other flat object. Remove the parchment paper. Leave it upside down.
    • Depending upon how much the buttercream was beaten all of it may be used or just some of it. Use as much as desired. I use a generous amount since I want these to tase on strawberries. Spread the buttercream out in an even layer.
    • Pour the glaze in the center of the buttercream and with an offset spatula, push it out and over the edges of the cake as evenly as possible. Place it in the fridge to set the glaze.
    • When the glaze has set, cut about ¼" off the edges of the brownie so all of the brownies have clean edges with the buttercream showing. Cut the brownies 4 across and 4 down or as desired.
    • At this point, they may be kept at room temperature under a cover for 2 days, in the fridge for 4 or 5 days or frozen hard, wrapped in plastic wrap to help protect the glaze and then in foil. Freeze for about 2 month. To thaw, remove all the covering and thaw at room temperature.
    • Yields: 16 brownies.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _________________________________________________
    Natural Cocoa is lighter in color, acidic and more intense in flavor as it has not been altered as has Dutch Cocoa. Generally, natural cocoa takes baking soda to counter the acidity. Hershey's, Valrhona, and Ghirardelli all sell natural cocoa.
    Either canola or vegetable oil can be used.
    Whole milk or 2% are interchangeable.
    Dark brown sugar is recommended for increased flavor but light brown can be substituted. 
    McCormick vanilla is fine here. 
    It is important to use freeze dried strawberries for the buttercream. 
    Red food coloring is optional
    Heavy whipping cream is essential to the outcome of the Cream Glaze.
    Don't over beat the brownie batter after the flour is added.
    Bake them until a few crumbs remain on the tester.
    For the best flavor, use semisweet chocolate and not chocolate chips.
    Heavy cream must be used for the glaze. It should be cool but pourable.
    If you use a whisk to stir the ganache make sure to just stir it and not whisk it or air bubbles can form and they are difficult to get out.
    If there is strawberry buttercream left over use it to sandwich sugar cookies or top cupcakes. 
    Don't waste pure vanilla here. It won't be noticed in the dense chocolate brownie.
    Trader Joe's has the 1.2 ounce packages of freeze dried strawberries with the best price I can find.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 16browniesCalories: 390kcalCarbohydrates: 44gProtein: 3gFat: 24gSaturated Fat: 9gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 10gTrans Fat: 0.3gCholesterol: 62mgSodium: 112mgPotassium: 179mgFiber: 2gSugar: 37gVitamin A: 383IUVitamin C: 26mgCalcium: 36mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Brazilian Cheese Bread Recipe

    Modified: Jan 19, 2025 · Published: Jan 19, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 17 Comments

    Balls of Brazilian Cheese Bread sit in a wicker basket in a white napkiin on a blue background.

    Warm from the oven, Brazilian cheese bread is one of those recipes that feels a little magical the first time you make it and you’ll make on repeat (crispy outside, chewy inside). I love that these small, golden rolls puff up with a crisp shell and a stretchy, cheesy center—no wheat flour required. Made with tapioca flour and real cheese, this Brazilian cheese bread recipe is naturally gluten-free, surprisingly simple, and guaranteed to disappear the moment it hits the table.

    Balls of Brazilian Cheese Bread sit in a wicker basket in a white napkiin on a blue background.

    Whether you know it as pão de queijo or you’re trying it for the first time, this is the kind of bake that turns a regular day into something special. The dough comes together quickly, the aroma is irresistible, and the payoff is that signature chew that makes Brazilian cheese bread unforgettable.

    For more great gluten free and quick bread recipes, don't miss these: Gluten Free Fruit and Nut Muffin, Gluten Free Turtle Cake with Salted Caramel, Peach Pecan Quick Bread, Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread Recipe, and Easy English Muffin Bread

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Naturally gluten free

    I like my gluten free recipes to be natural as far as possible and this one fits the bill. Tapioca flour replaces wheat flour in this recipe. Tapioca flour can be found in most grocery stores under the Bob's Red Mill label.

    Infinitely variable

    One of the best things about this recipe is how variable it is. Just changing out the cheese and adding some herbs and seasoning and you have a whole new roll.

    While this is a basic recipe, it can be made into whatever you desire at the moment. For instance for a Southwestern version, use pepper jack cheese, add about ⅛ teaspoon cayenne pepper and ¼ to ½ teaspoon ground cumin. Great with a steaming bowl of chili. For an Italian version, use parmesan and mozzerella cheese and ¼ teaspoon dried oregano, ¼ teaspoon dried basil and ⅛ to ¼ teaspoon garlic powder. These go with anything Italian.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the Brazilian Cheese Bread are pepper jack cheese, milk, tapioca flour, salt, oil and egg,

    FRONT ROW: Salt. oil, egg

    BACK ROW: Pepper jack cheese, tapioca flour, milk

    Key Ingredients

    • Any cheese will work. I chose pepper jack to up the taste.
    • Tapioca flour can be found in most grocery stores in the baking aisle.
    • Canola oil, vegetable oil, olive oil are all good choices for the oil.
    • Whole or 2% milk may be used.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below or the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    This collage shows all but the cheese ingredients in the processor, processed, portioned into the pan and baked.

    Step 1. Place all but the cheese in a food processor, blender. Step 2. Process until smooth, scraping down as needed. Add the shredded cheese and pulse or process until the cheese is incorporated. To make the crispiest rolls, pulse just a few times to simply break up the cheese a little. To make a chewier, less crispy roll, process to incorporate the cheese completely but do not take it so far that the batter thickens. It should be very thin. Step 3. Spray mini muffin pans with a non-stick baking release. Fill the wells to within ⅛" from the top. Step 4. Bake as directed.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Can Brazilian Cheese Bread be Frozen?

    Yes. They can be frozen either unbaked in the pans by adding a few minutes to the baking time or baked, cooled and frozen then reheated in a 350°F oven for a few minutes until warmed.

    Is Brazilian Cheese Bread best warm or room temperature?

    It is good either way. Many people like it warmed, many also like it room temperature.

    Why didn't my cheese bread puff up?

    Like any recipe that depends upon steam to puff (think cream puffs or choux paste) high heat is essential to make that steam and lift that dough. Overmixing can also cause it not to puff,

    Expert Tips

    • Don't over mix the batter. It needs to be liquid when it goes into the wells of the muffin pan.
    • Make sure the oven is set at 400°F. If it is too low, the rolls won't puff up.
    • I prefer to bake off all the rolls at once and freeze what we don't eat. If holding excess batter in the fridge, warm it to bring it back to a liquid state before baking.
    • To make the crispiest rolls, pulse just a few times to simply break up the cheese a little. To make a chewier, less crispy roll, process to incorporate the cheese completely but do not take it so far that the batter thickens. It should be very thin.
    Balls of Brazilian Cheese Bread sit in a wicker basket in a white napkiin on a blue background.

    Looking for more easy rolls?

    • Buttermilk flatbreds on a colorful plate with a bowl of salsa.
      Buttermilk Flatbreads
    • Different ways to shape the Outback Steakhouse Bread are shown.
      Outback Steakhouse Bread
    • A single Cheddar Bacon Popover in it's pan sits on a cooling rack.
      Cheddar Bacon Popovers Recipe
    • A basket lined wth a yellow napkin is filled with Cream Biscuits.
      Cream Biscuits

    Balls of Brazilian Cheese Bread sit in a wicker basket in a white napkiin on a blue background.

    Brazilian Cheese Bread Recipe You’ll Make on Repeat (Crispy Outside, Chewy Inside)

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Warm from the oven, Brazilian cheese bread is one of those recipes that feels a little magical the first time you make it. I love that these small, golden rolls puff up with a crisp shell and a stretchy, cheesy center—no wheat flour required.
    5 from 5 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 20 minutes mins
    Cook Time 15 minutes mins
    Total Time 35 minutes mins
    Course Bread
    Cuisine American
    Servings 24 rolls
    Calories 60 kcal

    Equipment

    • Mini cupcake pans for 24 rolls
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    • 1 ½ cups tapioca flour ((170 grams)
    • 1 large egg
    • ⅓ cup oil, vegetable, canola, or olive oil
    • ⅔ cup milk
    • ½ teaspoon table salt
    • ½ to 1 cup pepper jack cheese or cheese of choice

    Instructions
     

    • Preheat the oven to 400°F. Lightly spray the mini cupcake wells with a non-stick baking release. Set aside.
    • Place the tapioca flour, egg, oil, and milk in the bowl of a food processor or blender. Process or blend until smooth, scraping down as necessary
    • Add the shredded cheese and pulse or process until the cheese is incorporated. To make the crispiest rolls, pulse just a few times to simply break up the cheese a little. To make a chewier, less crispy roll, process to incorporate the cheese completely but do not take it so far that the batter thickens. It should be very thin.
    • Fill the wells to within ⅛" from the top. Bake for 15 to 18 minutes until puffed and slightly colored. Serve warm or room temperature.
    • They will keep in a closed tin for several days. They can be frozen either unbaked in the pans by adding a few minutes to the baking time or baked, cooled and frozen then reheated in a 350°F oven for a few minutes until warmed.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    __________________________________________________
    Any cheese will work. I chose pepper jack to up the taste. A couple of cheeses can also be used.  Mozzarella and parmesan are frequently mentioned,
    Tapioca flour can be found in most grocery stores in the baking aisle.
    Canola oil, vegetable oil, olive oil are all good choices for the oil.
    Whole or 2% milk may be used.
    Don't over mix the batter. It needs to be liquid when it goes into the wells of the muffin pan.
    Make sure the oven is set at 400°F. If it is too low, the rolls won't puff up.
    I prefer to bake off all the rolls at once and freeze what we don't eat. If holding excess batter in the fridge, warm it to bring it back to a liquid state before baking.
    To make the crispiest rolls, pulse just a few times to simply break up the cheese a little. To make a chewier, less crispy roll, process to incorporate the cheese completely but do not take it so far that the batter thickens. It should be very thin.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 24rollsCalories: 60kcalCarbohydrates: 7gProtein: 0.5gFat: 4gSaturated Fat: 0.4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 2gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 9mgSodium: 54mgPotassium: 15mgSugar: 0.3gVitamin A: 22IUCalcium: 10mgIron: 0.1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    A Simple Basic Low-Fat Quiche Recipe

    Modified: May 1, 2026 · Published: Jan 12, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 10 Comments

    A slice of the Basic Low Fat Quiche Recipe sits on a white plate with a yellow napkin and fork in the background.

    This Simple Basic Low-Fat Quiche Recipe is the kind of easy, quick, reliable recipe you reach for when you want something flexible and lighter—without sacrificing taste and texture. Made with everyday ingredients and designed to adapt to whatever vegetables, cheese, or protein you have on hand, this simple base turns into a satisfying breakfast, brunch, or dinner with very little time or effort. Once you know the mix, quiche becomes less of a recipe and more of a go-to habit.

    A slice of the Basic Low Fat Quiche Recipe sits on a white plate with a yellow napkin and fork in the background.

    This is another basic recipe that will make meals easy and fast. I've included a Broccoli and Cheddar quiche recipe that is memorable for its tang and gentle heat. No one will ever know it's low fat and you may never use cream again.

    Other savory tarts that are also worth making include: the Goat Cheese Pesto Tart, Torta Rustica - A Savory Italian Pastry, French Onion Tart, and my Summer Vegetable Tart.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why low fat is actually more tasty.

    Many years ago, when we made savory items as well as sweet at my bakery, I developed this quiche base as a low fat alternative to the cream. Interestingly, when we tested side-by-side versions of the original quiche filling with cream and this one, we were most surprised. The low fat version had much more taste to it.  It turns out the cream coats the taste buds so whatever cheese, vegetables or meat you have added to your quiche cannot be fully appreciated. With the low fat variety, there is no coating of the taste buds so, consequently, the other flavors are free to come through much stronger.

    To crust or not to crust

    The Broccoli and Cheddar Quiche is a crustless Quiche. In keeping with the low fat version it substitutes low fat cottage cheese and low fat yogurt for the heavy cream. The result is a fast, healthy entrée that just happens to be delicious.

    However, if you want to put it in a crust that is easily done by using the single crust version of my All American Pie Crust. Just make the crust and fully bake it before adding the filling to bake.

    Why you'll love this recipe

    • It's quick and easy to make. A whisk and a bowl will do it in less than 30 minutes minus the baking.
    • The low fat version is even tastier than the full fat cream version.
    • Any vegetable, cheese or protein can be used for the filling.
    • It can be made crustless or with a crust.
    • Making it a couple of days ahead and storing in the fridge or even freezing it makes lunch or dinner a snap.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the Basic Low Fat Quiche Recipe and Broccoli Cheddar quiche are brocolli, cheddar cheese, low fat yogurt, cottage, cheese, eggs, cornstarch, salt, pepper, asiago cheese, cheddar cheese, dry mustard, and cayenne pepper,

    FRONT ROW: Canola oil, cornstarch, dry mustard, salt, cayenne pepper and black pepper (the canola oil is not used in this recipe)

    MIDDLE ROW: Eggs, red peppers, asiago cheese, low fat cottage cheese

    BACK ROW: Broccoli, cheddar cheese, low fat yogurt

    Important Ingredients

    • The low fat cottage cheese and low fat yogurt replace the traditional cream and reduce the fat in the original cream based quiche filling.
    • The amount of cheese in the broccoli cheddar quiche can be reduced or low fat cheese can be substituted.
    • Any vegetable, cheese or protein can be substituted for those in the Broccoli Cheddar low fat quiche.
    • While I used Greek yogurt for its tang, any plain low fat yogurt may be used.
    • If the quiche is to be frozen, sweet rice flour or potato starch can be be substituted for the cornstarch which breaks down when thawed.
    • The Sweet Rice flour, which can most easily and inexpensively be found in Asian grocery stores, is simply  ground from short-grain glutinous rice, known in Asian cuisine as  "sticky rice" will not.  The word glutinous refers to thickening power and has no relation to the gluten found in wheat products. Sweet Rice Flour  is gluten free.  
    • Steaming the broccoli instead of boiling it retains more of the vitamins and minerals and keeps it dry.

    Be sure to see the recipe carsd below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    This collage shows the broccoli steaming, the cottage cheese and yogurt in the bowl of a processor, processed, the remaining quiche ingredients added tot the processor.

    Step 1. Steam the cut up broccoli to retain the vitamins and minerals and keep it dry. Cool it before using. Step 2. Place the yogurt and cottage cheese in the bowl of a processor. Step 3. Process until smooth. Step 4. Add the eggs, cornstarch, dry mustard, cayenne, salt and pepper.

    The last collage shows the filling ingredients for the Broccoli Cheddar Quiche in a bowl, the low fat mixture added, the filling in a pie plate and baked.

    Step 5. Combine the broccoli, cheddar and asiago cheeses as well as the bottled roasted red peppers in a large bowl. Step 6. Pour with low fat quiche mixture over the veggies and stir to completely mix them. Step 7. Spray a pie plate with a non-stick baking release and pour the quiche into the pan. Smooth out if necessary. Bake as directed. Step 8. The baked quiche will puff up slightly and then fall. This is normal. Enjoy hot, room temperature or cold with a crusty bread.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Can this quiche mix be used for crustless quiche?

    Yes. This base works well for both traditional crusted quiche and crustless versions, making it suitable for lower-carb or gluten-free adaptation.

    How is the fat reduced in this basic recipe?

    While most recipes rely on milk, this lower fat, tastier version relies on low fat cottage cheese and low fat yogurt for a better taste experience

    Why is my quiche watery?

    A watery quiche is usually caused by too much moisture from vegetables or an unbalanced egg-to-liquid ratio. If veggies need to be precooked, I recommend steaming them as opposed to putting them in water. They can also be roasted but not charred. Those techniques along with the balanced ratio of eggs and cottage cheese and yogurt will prevent a watery quiche.

    Expert Tips

    • Both the cottage cheese and the yogurt should be plain and low fat.
    • Low fat cheese may be used or some of the cheese reduced to make it even lower fat.
    • Any vegetable, cheese or protein can be used.
    • A crust can be added for a more traditional quiche.
    • This is perfect for a picnic as there is nothing to spoil.
    • A minor change in the thickener and this can be frozen or it can be held in the fridge for 3 or 4 days.
    • This is a base recipe and can be altered. Fresh or dried herbs can be added to compliment any dish that is being made. For instance cumin can be added if making a Mexican or southwestern dish, basil, oregano and garlic for Italian, etc.
    A slice of the Basic Low Fat Quiche Recipe sits on a white plate with a yellow napkin and fork in the background.

    Have a look at these savory dishes

    • A slice of Tourte Milanese sits on a plate exposing its dramatic yellow, green, red and pink layers.
      Tourte Milanese
    • Chicken Pot Pe
      Easy, Elegant Chicken Pot Pie
    • Spanakopita
      Spanakopita - A Spinach Pie from Greece
    • This Mayfair Salad Dressing features, lettuce, swiss cheese and ham strips, croutons and Mayfair dressing.
      Mayfair Salad Dressing - Better than Caesar

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A slice of the Basic Low Fat Quiche Recipe sits on a white plate with a yellow napkin and fork in the background.

    A Simple Basic Low-Fat Quiche Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    This Simple Basic Low-Fat Quiche Recipe is the kind of easy, quick, reliable recipe you reach for when you want something flexible and lighter—without sacrificing taste and texture. Infinitely variable, It's sure to go into your rotation.
    4.67 from 3 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 30 minutes mins
    Cook Time 40 minutes mins
    Course Dinner
    Cuisine American
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 232 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Basic Low Fat Quiche Mix

    • 1 cup low fat yogurt
    • ½ cup low fat cottage cheese
    • 3 large eggs
    • 1 tablespoon cornstarch. sweet rice flour or potato starch
    • ½ to 1 teaspoon salt, depending upon other ingredients
    • ¼ to ½ teaspoon black pepper

    Additive Amounts To Make a Quiche

    • 2 to 4 cups vegetables, meat, poultry or seafood
    • 4 to 6 ounces any cheese
    • 1 to 3 tablespoons fresh herbs or mixture (half if using dries), optional

    Broccoli Cheddar Quiche

    • 4 cups broccoli, trimmed closely and cut
    • ½ cup roasted red peppers (jarred is fine)
    • 6 ounces sharp cheddar cheese, grated (170 grams)
    • ½ cup asiago or parmesan cheese, grated (58 grams)
    • Basic Low Fat Quiche Mix above plus
    • ½ teaspoon dry mustard
    • ⅛ teaspoon cayenne pepper

    Instructions
     

    Basic Low Fat Quiche Mix

    • Place the yogurt and cottage cheese in the bowl of a processor. Process until smooth, scraping down as necessary.
    • Add the remainder of the ingredients and process until smooth, scraping down as necessary. The mixture will be very liquid.
    • This is a base recipe and can be altered. Fresh or dried herbs can be added to compliment any dish that is being made. For instance cumin can be added if making a Mexican or southwestern dish, basil, oregano and garlic for Italian, etc.
    • Pour this over the vegetables, cheese and protein if using one that have been mixed in a large bow. Pour into a shallow (not deep dish) pie pan and bake as instructed.

    Broccoli Cheddar Quiche

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Spray a 9" pie pan with a non-stick baking release. Set aside.
    • Cut the broccoli very close and into small pieces. Steam until just tender but still has some crisp to it.
    • Cut the jarred roasted red peppers into strips or dice it,
    • Place all the ingredients for the broccoli cheddar quiche in a large bowl.
    • Make the Basic Low Fat Quiche Mix adding the dry mustard and cayenne pepper.
    • Pour it over the vegetables and cheese and mix well. Pour it into the prepared pie plate. Smooth it out if necessary
    • Bake for 35 to 40 minutes if using a glass pie pan. If using metal it will take a bit longer. It should be set in the center when done and lightly browned.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _____________________________________________________
    The low fat cottage cheese and low fat yogurt replace the traditional cream and reduce the fat in the original cream based quiche filling.
    The amount of cheese in the broccoli cheddar quiche can be reduced or low fat cheese can be substituted.
    Any vegetable, cheese or protein can be substituted for those in the Broccoli Cheddar low fat quiche.
    This is a base recipe and can be altered. Fresh or dried herbs can be added to compliment any dish that is being made. For instance cumin can be added if making a Mexican or southwestern dish, basil, oregano and garlic for Italian, etc.
    While I used Greek yogurt for its tang, any plain low fat yogurt may be used.
    If the quiche is to be frozen, sweet rice flour or potato starch can be substituted for the cornstarch which breaks down when thawed.
    The Sweet Rice flour, which can most easily and inexpensively be found in Asian grocery stores, is simply  ground from short-grain glutinous rice, known in Asian cuisine as  "sticky rice" will not. The word glutinous refers to thickening power and has no relation to the gluten found in wheat products. Sweet Rice Flour  is gluten free.  
    Steaming the broccoli instead of boiling it retains more of the vitamins and minerals and keeps it dry. 
    A crust can be added for a more traditional quiche.
    This is perfect for a picnic as there is nothing to spoil.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 6servingsCalories: 232kcalCarbohydrates: 10gProtein: 17gFat: 14gSaturated Fat: 7gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 4gTrans Fat: 0.01gCholesterol: 127mgSodium: 752mgPotassium: 377mgFiber: 2gSugar: 5gVitamin A: 918IUVitamin C: 58mgCalcium: 373mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)

    Modified: Apr 23, 2026 · Published: Jan 5, 2026 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 29 Comments

    A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.

    If you’re looking for soft, tender cinnamon coffee cake muffins, that taste like they came from a bakery case theres no need to look any further. These easy to make from-scratch muffins use only a bowl, a whisk and a few measuring utensils to get the job done with big flavors and a really simple, reliable technique.

    A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.

    A streusel topping is mixed with a fork and set aside. Then the cinnamon coffee cake muffins start by mixing the wet ingredients and whisking  them into the dry ingredients.That's it! Portion them into the muffin cups, large or regular size, top them with a generous amount of streusel, patting it down slightly and into the oven they go.  20 to 25 minutes later, you have warm muffins with pockets of melted cinnamon chips that taste just like a coffee cake only easier. No fancy equipment and no complicated techniques that can be whipped up in no time are needed. 

    A few more easy muffins you're sure to enjoy are: Peanut Butter and Jam Muffins, Crunchy Topped Apple Muffins, Double Chocolate Truffled Muffins and Blueberry Crumb Muffins. And for a whole roundup of muffin recipes, check out The Only Muffin Recipes You'll Ever Need.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    How to get bakery style crowns on your muffins

    Have you ever baked muffins that came out rather flat than with that nicely rounded dome on top? Assuming the recipe is balanced, there is one more thing you can do to ensure that crown. Refrigerate them overnight.

    By portioning out the muffins in their paper liners and refrigerating overnight before baking, they take on a more professional look. The crowns are taller and they have that "just bought from a bakery" look. 

    Chilling the muffin batter overnight allows the starches in the flour to absorb more moisture from the eggs and liquids. This results in the starches swelling allowing more gluten to form, improving the consistency of the batter allowing for higher crowns, and a more moist tender, taller muffin. This will improve any muffin recipe, not just this one.

    Five Reasons to make these coffee cake muffins

    • They're super easy
    • There's no better tasting muffin
    • A bowl, a whisk and a few measuring utensils are all that are needed to make these
    • I'm going to tell you how to get those beautifully domed tops
    • Tender, moist and bakery style in a muffin that comes together quickly.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Cinnamon Streusel Topping

    The cinnamon streusel ingredients are unsalted butter, cinnamon, brown sugar and all-purpose flour.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, cinnamon

    BACK ROW: Brown Sugar, all-purpose flour

    Coffee Cake Muffins

    Ingredients for the Coffee Cake Muffins are brown sugar, canola oil, eggs, buttermilk, sour cream vanilla all-purpose flour, cinnamon, baking powder, baking soda and cinnamon chips.

    FRONT ROW: Baking powder, vanilla, sour cream, baking soda, cinnamon

    MIDDLE ROW: Cinnamon Chips, brown sugar, eggs

    BACK ROW: Canola oil, all-purpose flour, buttermilk

    Main Ingredients

    • While any cinnamon can be used for the most intense flavor my go to is Korintje Cinnamon. It's the one I used at the bakery.
    • Canola oil is my oil of choice but vegetable oil can also be used.
    • Buttermilk, sour cream and oil all contribute to the tenderness of the baked muffins. The cinnamon chips are my latest find. They melt in the muffins leaving extra brusts of flavor. They can be used anywhere cinnamon is used. Hershey's makes the cinnamon baking chips.
    • For maximum flavor dark brown sugar is used, but light brown will work also.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Cinnamon Streusel

    This  collage shows the dry ingredients for the streusel in a bowl, mixed with a fork, the butter added and the finished cinnamon streusel.

    Step 1. Combine the dry ingredients in a medium size bowl. Step 2. Mix with a fork until uniformly blended. Step 3. Add most of the butter but withhold a couple of tablespoons. Step 4. Toss with a fork until the dry ingredients are fully coated and crumbs form. Add more butter a bit at a time if needed. Refrigerate until needed.

    Coffee Cake Muffins

    This collage shows the dry ingredients for the muffins in a bowl and, whisked together, liquid ingredients are placed in a large bowl and whisked together.

    Step 5. Combine the flour, cinnamon, baking powder and baking soda in a bowl. Step 6. Whisk them together and set aside. Step 7. Place the eggs, buttermilk, sour cream, vanilla, and oil in a large bowl. Step 8. Whisk together until smooth.

    This collage shows the brown sugar being added to the liquid ingredients, whisked in, the flour being add and whisked in to make a thick batter.

    Step 9. Add the brown sugar to the liquid ingredients. Step 10. Whisk the brown sugar in. Step 11. Add the flour mixture and Step 12. Whisk it in to make a thick batter.

    The last collages shows the cinnamon chips being added to the batter, then stirred in, the muffins in paper lined muffin wells and finally baked.

    Step 13. Add the cinnamon chips to the batter. Step 14. Stir them in with a spoon. They'll be caught in the whisk. Step 15. Fill either the regular or jumbo size of paper lined muffin wells ¾ full. Top generously with the cinnamon streusel. Pat it down gently to make sure it sticks. Do not push it into the muffin, Step 16. The baked muffins.

    Recipe FAQ's

    What is the difference between coffee cakes and muffins

    Coffee cake is typically baked in a pan and served in slices, while muffins are individually portioned and baked in a muffin tin. Cinnamon coffee cake muffins often use the same tender, cinnamon-flavored batter and streusel topping as classic coffee cake, but bake faster and are easier to serve.

    How to keep the Streusel from sinking into the muffin

    To prevent the streusel from sinking, make sure the batter is thick enough to support the topping and add the streusel just before baking. Pressing it lightly onto the batter helps it stay on top as the muffins rise.

    Why did my coffee cake muffins turn out dry?

    It could be several things. If the recipe isn't balanced - too much flour to little liquid - they will be dry or they can be over baked. Another reason is the recipe is correct but the flour was measured in cups. The weight of flour measured by cups can be more or less than what is required depending upon how it got into the cup. The best way to measure ingredients for any baking is to use a scale. The weight will always be the same. Volume can differ. Next, always short time the baking by a few minutes in case the oven temperature isn't correct. Time can always be added but it can't be subtracted. Last, It can be difficult to see how the muffin is browning under brown crumbs so use a cake tester. It should be clean when it comes out.

    Storage and Freezing

    The muffins can and should be held, unbaked, in their paper cups in the fridge overnight which makes a perfect breakfast or brunch treat.

    The muffins can be baked and frozen then wrapped well for several months. They can be thawed at room temperature and then warmed in a 350°F oven for 10 15 minutes.

    These muffins will last several days at room temperature if covered.

    Expert Tips

    • The muffins can be and should be held, unbaked, in their muffin tins overnight which makes them perfect for warm, freshly baked treats for breakfast.
    • By using a whisk instead of a mixer, you ensure they muffins will not be over mixed which is crucial to a tender muffin.
    • Canola oil is recommended but vegetable oil can also be used.
    • Because there is brown sugar and buttermilk in the recipe baking soda needs to be present as well as baking powder. It will neutralize the acid in those ingredients.
    An open muffin on a white plate with muffins in the background.

    Other Quick Recipes You'll Love

    • Buttermilk flatbreds on a colorful plate with a bowl of salsa.
      Buttermilk Flatbreads
    • Four finishes on the Carrot Cake Dougnuts are plain, pecan topped, sugared and filled with cream cheese.
      Carrot Cake Baked Doughnuts
    • A basket lined wth a yellow napkin is filled with Cream Biscuits.
      Cream Biscuits
    • Breakfast Scone
      Breakfast Scones - An Easy Morning Treat

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.

    Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)

    Helen S. Fletcher
    If you’re looking for soft, tender cinnamon coffee cake muffins, that taste like they came from a bakery case theres no need to look any further.  These easy to make from-scratch muffins use only a bowl, a whisk and a few measuring utensils to get the job done with big flavors and a really simple, reliable technique.
    4.86 from 7 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 30 minutes mins
    Cook Time 20 minutes mins
    Course Muffins
    Cuisine American
    Servings 14 muffins
    Calories 302 kcal

    Equipment

    • 2 regular size muffin tin
    • OR
    • 2 Jumbo size muffin tins
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Cinnamon Streusel Topping

    • ¾ cup all-purpose flour (105 grams)
    • ⅓ cup dark brown sugar (65 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons cinnamon
    • 5 to 6 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted (90 grams)

    Coffee Cake Muffin Batter

    • 2 cups all-purpose flour (280 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons baking powder
    • 1 teaspoon cinnamon
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ cup canola or vegetable oil
    • 2 large eggs
    • ½ cup buttermilk
    • ¼ cup sour cream (55 grams)
    • 1 cup dark brown sugar (200 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla
    • ½ cup cinnamon baking chips, optional

    Instructions
     

    Cinnamon Streusel

    • Place the flour, brown sugar and cinnamon in a bowl. Stir with a fork to combine.
    • Add all but 2 tablespoons of the melted butter and toss with a fork to form crumbs. If the mixture is dry and not forming good crumbs, add additional butter a little at a time until the form. Refrigerate until needed.

    Coffee Cake Batter

    • Preheat the oven to 375°F if baking immediately. Line the wells of 14 regular size muffin tins with paper cups or 7 Jumbo wells. If you only have one pan, hold the extra batter in the fridge and bake it after the first pan is finished and the muffins are removed to cool. Set aside.
    • Whisk the flour, cinnamon, banking powder, and baking soda together in a medium size bowl and set aside.
    • In a large bowl, whisk together the oil, eggs, buttermilk, sour cream and vanilla.
    • Whisk in the brown sugar until smooth..
    • Mix in the flour mixture. The batter will be very thick. Stir in the cinnamon baking chips.
    • Fill either of the cups ¾ full and generously top with the cinnamon streusel. Pat the streusel down gently but do not push it into the muffin. Either bake immediately or for a better looking muffin, refrigerate overnight. Preheat the oven to 375°F.
    • Bake the smaller muffins for about 20 minutes. Bake the larger muffins about 25 minutes. A tester should come out clean when inserted. If the muffins went into the oven cold, they may need a few more minutes.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ____________________________________________
    The muffins can and should be held, unbaked, in their muffin tins overnight which makes them perfect for warm, freshly baked treats for breakfast.
    By using a whisk instead of a mixer, you ensure they muffins will not be over mixed which is crucial to a tender muffin. 
    Canola oil is recommended but vegetable oil can also be used.
    Because there is brown sugar and buttermilk in the recipe baking soda needs to be present as well as baking powder. It will neutralize the acid in those ingredients.
    Light brown sugar can be substitute for the dark. 

    Nutrition

    Serving: 14muffinsCalories: 302kcalCarbohydrates: 41gProtein: 4gFat: 14gSaturated Fat: 4gPolyunsaturated Fat: 3gMonounsaturated Fat: 7gTrans Fat: 0.2gCholesterol: 41mgSodium: 127mgPotassium: 85mgFiber: 1gSugar: 21gVitamin A: 205IUVitamin C: 0.1mgCalcium: 78mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Easy Cheesy Sausage Balls Recipe

    Modified: May 5, 2026 · Published: Dec 28, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 3 Comments

    A white serving dish holds the Easy Cheesy Sausage Balls and dthe Apricot dipping sauce.

    Classic Southern Sausage Balls are a simple, make-ahead appetizer made with sausage, cheese, and a few pantry ingredients. This easy version comes together in minutes and bakes up soft and cheesy with a lightly crisp exterior. They’re ideal for parties, holidays, or breakfast because they reheat well and can be prepared ahead of time without losing flavor or texture. While most recipes call for Bisquick, I have modified this recipe so there's no need to buy it. This is perfect for a no stress New Years Eve appetizer.

    A white serving dish holds the Easy Cheesy Sausage Balls and dthe Apricot dipping sauce.

    These sausage balls can be mixed, shaped, and baked with flexibility in mind, making them ideal for busy days and full schedules. They reheat beautifully and taste just as good warm from the oven as they do later. The apricot dipping sauce is the perfect finish.

    Here are a few other recipes that are easy to make for the holidays: Puff Pastry Crackers, Hot Curried Party Mix, Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads, and the Hot Peppered Pecans. And for a great savory breakfast recipe, check out Easy Eggs Benedict for Mother's Day.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why You and your guests will love this

    • It's super easy.
    • The few ingredients are easy to find.
    • If it's tasty your after, this is it.
    • The sausage balls can be made ahead and reheated or frozen and baked.
    • New Year's Eve is coming up and you haven't figured out what to serve yet.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the sausage balls include, all-purpose flour, sausage, sharp cheddar cheese, milk, salt and baking powder.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, milk, baking powder

    MIDDLE ROW: Sharp cheddar cheese

    BACK ROW: All-Purpose Flour, sausage

    Apricot Dipping Sauce

    Ingredients for the apricot dipping sauce are apricot jam, dijon and red wine vinegar.

    FRONT ROW: Dijon mustard, red wine vinegar

    BACK ROW: Apricot Jam

    Key Ingredients

    • The sausage can be mild, medium or hot depending upon your taste.
    • Cheddar cheese is the most used cheese but others can be substituted if desired.
    • The flour, salt and baking powder are the key ingredients in Bisquick so they are used instead.
    • Milk add moisture to the sausage balls.
    • Red wine vinegar is used to sharpen the dipping sauce. White wine vinegar may be substituted.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    The first collages for the Sausage Balls shows the sausage broken up over the dry ingredients, then mixed, the cheese added and the whole mixed.

    Step 1. Combine the flour, salt and baking powder in the bowl of a mixer. Mix briefly to combine. Break up the sausage over the dry ingredients. Step 2. Mix the ingredients on low to start, then on medium until it comes together. Step 3. Add the shredded cheese. Step 4. Mix on medium until it is completely blended.

    This collage shows the rolled balls on a sheet pan, the apricot jam in a processor, the other ingredients added and processed and the baked sausage balls on on a sheet pan cooling.

    Step 5. Roll walnut size pieces of the mixture into smooth balls. Double pan and bake as called for. Double panning prevents the bottoms from becoming too dark or burning. It simply requires putting one pan on top of another of the same size when baking. Step 6. Add the apricot jam or preserved to the food processor. Add the dijon and red wine vinegar and process to until smooth, scraping down as necessary. Step 8. The baked balls are cooling on a rack.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why is Bisquick used for sausage balls?

    Bisquick was the original binder for sausage balls. It helps hold the sausage and cheese together to form the balls.

    What can you use instead of Bisquick?

    1 cup all-purpose flour, 1 teaspoon baking powder and ½ teaspoon salt makes about a cup and replaces the Bisquick called for in sausage balls.

    What kind of dipping sauces are good with sausage balls?

    Sweet and sour sauces are especially good - think honey, maple syrup, jams or preserves, anything with mustard or something with a hot sauce like sriracha  in it.

    Freezer and Storage Instructions

    These balls can be baked and frozen or frozen unbaked. If baked and frozen, place them on a baking sheet and put them in a 350°F oven to thaw and heat them.

    If baking when they are unbaked, just add a few minutes to the time given to bake them.

    They should always be served warm to hot.

    Thjs photo is a close-up of the sausage balls and apricot dipping sauce.

    More delectable savory dishes to consider

    • Three Appetizers for an Instant Party
    • A slice of the French Onion Tart showing the tomatoes and olives in the yeasted crust with a sprig of basil.
      French Onion Tart
    • Brie and Bacon Tart
      Brie and Bacon Tart
    • Beef Strogonoff Soup
      Beef Stroganoff Soup with Wine and Cheese Bread

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A white serving dish holds the Easy Cheesy Sausage Balls and dthe Apricot dipping sauce.

    Easy Cheesy Sausage Balls Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Classic Southern Sausage Balls are a simple, make-ahead appetizer made with sausage, cheese, and a few pantry ingredients. This easy version comes together in minutes and bakes up soft and cheesy with a lightly crisp exterior. These are perfect for a no-stress New Years Eve appetizer.
    5 from 2 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 45 minutes mins
    Cook Time 25 minutes mins
    Course Appetizer
    Cuisine American
    Servings 30 balls
    Calories 81 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Sausage Balls

    • 8 ounces sharp cheddar cheese
    • ¾ cup all-purpose flour (105 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon salt
    • ½ pound sausage
    • 3 tablespoons milk, whole or 2%

    Apricot Dipping Sauce

    • ¾ cup apricot preserves or jam
    • 1 tablespoon dijon mustard
    • 3 tablespoons red wine vinegar

    Instructions
     

    Sausage Balls

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line a sheet pan with parchment and set aside.
    • Shred the cheese and set aside.
    • Place the flour, baking powder and salt in the bowl of a mixer. Mix briefly to combine.
    • Tear the sausage into pieces and add to the dry mxi. Beat on low, then raise to medium to combine.
    • Add the cheese and mix completely.
    • Add the milk and mix until all is blended.
    • Tear off walnut size pieces and roll them into smooth balls. Place them on a sheet pan about an inch apart.
    • Double pan and bake for 20 to 25 minutes until golden brown and baked through. Drain on paper towels and place in a serving dish with apricot dip .
    • These balls can be baked and frozen or frozen unbaked. If baked and frozen, place them on a baking sheet and put them in a 350°F oven to thaw and heat them.
      If baking when they are unbaked, just add a few minutes to the time given to bake them.
      They should always be served warm to hot.
    • This makes about 30 sausage balls. They can be made smaller for one bite sausage balls. Be sure to reduce the time somewhat.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    __________________________________________________
    The sausage can be mild, medium or hot depending upon your taste.
    Cheddar cheese is the most used cheese but others can be substituted if desired. 
    The flour, salt and baking powder are the key ingredients in Bisquick so they are used instead.
    Milk adds moisture to the sausage balls.
    Red wine vinegar is used to sharpen the dipping sauce. White wine vinegar may be substituted.
    Be sure to double pan the sausage balls when baking so the bottoms won't burn. 
     
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 30ballsCalories: 81kcalCarbohydrates: 7gProtein: 3gFat: 5gSaturated Fat: 2gPolyunsaturated Fat: 0.4gMonounsaturated Fat: 1gTrans Fat: 0.02gCholesterol: 13mgSodium: 159mgPotassium: 36mgFiber: 0.1gSugar: 3gVitamin A: 96IUVitamin C: 1mgCalcium: 66mgIron: 0.3mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Short on Time? 6 Easy Recipes Ready in 30 Minutes or Less for Sharing or Gifting

    Modified: Dec 21, 2024 · Published: Dec 22, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    Hot Curried Party Mix

    We’ve all been there—you suddenly need something to bring, share, or gift, and the clock is not on your side. The good news? A thoughtful, homemade recipe doesn’t have to take all afternoon. These five last-minute recipes are quick, dependable, and designed to look (and taste) like you planned ahead—even if you didn’t.

    Hot Curried Party Mix
    TJ's Cowboy Bark
    Nothing can be easier than melting chocolate and covering it with almost anything you wish that can be sprinkled on top. Chill it, break it into pieces and that's it!
    Check out this recipe
    TJ's Cowboy Bark for Holiday Food Gifts
    Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads for Holiday Food Gifts
    Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads
    While shortbreads are usually thought of as sweet, these Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads are definitely on the savory, snacky side. But I must warn you, these are absolutely, positively addictive. There is no way to eat just one – hence the large number it makes!
    Check out this recipe
    Hot Curried Party Mix
    The greatest thing about these is how easy they are to prepare. Be sure to make this Hot Curried Party Mix a minimum of one day ahead – several days are better. Stored in an airtight container, this will last a month, if you can keep out of it.
    Check out this recipe
    Hot Curried Party Mix
    Hot Peppered Pecans
    Hot Peppered Pecans
    These pecans are a standout. Heat Alert -  they are hot!!  So if you don't favor a lot of heat, tone down all the pepper and the hot pepper sauce. Start with half and go from there. These Hot Peppered Pecans make great gifts to send home with your guests.  Choose little containers or put them cellophane bags and tie with decorative ribbons. They are also great on a cheese tray, crumbled in a salad or included in any recipe calling for pecans, including sweet ones.
    Check out this recipe
    Granola
    Granola!  What could be better first thing in the morning than oats, sunflower seeds, almonds, raisins, dates and sesame seed all bound together in a honey glaze? It’s ridiculously simple and, as an added bonus, it’s good for you!! 
    Check out this recipe
    A canister of Granola along with a bowl of granola and orange juice are featured in this photo.
    Puff Pastry Crackers
    Puff Pastry Crackers
    These Puff Pastry crackers will keep a few days in an airtight container. However, they are so easy to make ahead, there is no need. Just top them, cut and freeze. Bake from the frozen state in a matter of minutes, and you'll have everyone thinking you are a genie in the kitchen!
    Check out this recipe

    7 Stunning Last-Minute Christmas Desserts That Taste Like You Planned for Weeks

    Modified: Apr 29, 2026 · Published: Dec 19, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    An individual Italian Tiramasu sits on a beige and silver rimmed plate with anoher in the background.

    Forgot to plan a dessert for the big day? Don't panic! These elegant and decadent recipes are surprisingly simple, with many no-bake or make-ahead options that will fool everyone into thinking you've been planning for weeks. All of these can be made ahead.

    An individual Italian Tiramasu sits on a beige and silver rimmed plate with anoher in the background.
    Individual Italian Tiramasu
    This Individual Italian Tiramisu is not to be missed. It's the same one we serve at the restaurant and I have made thousands of these since I put them in the dessert line. This is the perfect dessert to finish out the holidays or the year. It's extravagant and beautiful but most importantly you'll savor every bite of the light as air filling and the intense coffee rum sponge.
    Check out this recipe
    An individual Italian Tiramasu sits on a beige and silver rimmed plate with anoher in the background.
    A slice of the White Chocolate Mocha Cheesecake sits on a beige and sliver rimmed plate with a cup and a napkin in the background.
    White Chocolate Mocha Cheesecake
    This indulgent White Chocolate Mocha Cheesecake is exceptional.  White chocolate, coffee and an ingredient no one will guess impart a creamy luxuriousness with a flavor that lingers after the last bite. 
    Check out this recipe
    No Bake Mini Chocoalte Caramel Tarts
    These easy, No Bake Mini Chocolate Caramel Truffle Tarts  consists of a chocolate press in crumb crust, homemade caramel and the same truffle filling used in our Chocolate Chocolate Truffles so popular at the bakery. These six tarts can also be made ahead.
    Check out this recipe
    A Mini Chocolate Caramel Truffle Tart is surrounded by red raspberries with more tarts in the background.
    Macadamia and Coconut Tart
    This amazing No Bake Macadamia and Coconut Tart came about as the result of the chocolate truffle craze in the late 1980's. They were everywhere and we couldn't get enough of them. My bakery fell right in step with everyone else. So much so that I was asked to create a line of chocolate truffles for a client. This white chocolate macadamia truffle was one of them. For the bakery, I simply turned it into a tart.
    Check out this recipe
    Amaretto Truffle Tart
    As sleek a dessert as you will it consists of a fudgey chocolate cake layer, spread with toasted hazelnuts or almonds, covered with a thick layer of caramel and toped with an Amaretto Truffle.
    Check out this recipe
    Three meringue discs are filled with raspberry mousse and sit on a pink edged plate.
    Dacquoise with Raspberry Mousse
    Dacquoise with Raspberry Mousse is an amazing combination of three nutted meringue discs filled with a raspberry mousse that is enhanced with mascarpone. Made into individual desserts (who doesn't like their own dessert?) these stunning offerings are easy to make and easier to eat.
    Check out this recipe
    Non-Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding
    If you're looking for a low stress quickly made holiday dessert this Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding is not to be missed. While often thought of as overwhelmingly sweet, this one is not. The easily made individual sponge cakes are rich, moist, served warm with one of two sauces - traditional Toffee Sauce or a Lemon Rum sauce for a change.
    Check out this recipe
    An individual Sticky Toffee Pudding sits in a puddle of Lemon Sauce in a yellow and white bowl.

    For more holiday dessert inspiration, don't miss these: Holiday Roundup, Jaw-Dropping Holiday Desserts Guaranteed to Impress Your Guests, Thanksgiving Recipes from Breakfast to Dessert, Mincemeat Tarts

    Irresistible White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies

    Modified: Dec 16, 2024 · Published: Dec 17, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 1 Comment

    A tray of White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies finished 4 different wasys its on a gray plate rimmed in gold.

    There’s something quietly luxurious about these irresistible White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies. The creamy sweetness of white chocolate paired with buttery, toasted pistachios creates a cookie that feels special without being fussy. These cookies are just as welcome on a holiday cookie tray as they are with an afternoon cup of coffee.

    A tray of White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies finished 4 different wasys its on a gray plate rimmed in gold.

    Four different finishes are included from a simple dusting of powdered sugar to coating in white chocolate and leaving them plain or dipping them in toasted pistachios or finishing with a single whole pistachio. Your choice.

    Other cookies for your enjoyment include: Almond Macaroons, Chocolate Spice Olive Oil Biscotti, Chocolate Dipped Sweet and Salty Butter Cookies and the Neapolitan Butter Cookies.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why These Should Be on Your Cookie List

    • These are really fast and easy to make.
    • Dusting them with powdered sugar alone makes these just pistachio cookies.
    • Finishing them by dipping in white chocolate makes these truly irresistible.
    • While the dipping takes a little time, it is easy to do and adds so much to the cookie.
    • These aren't your usual Christmas cookie. They'll add a lot to your cookie tray or exchange.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies are cake flour, pistachios, powdered sugar, unsalted butter, vanilla and almond extracts.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla and almond extracts

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter

    BACK ROW: Cake flour, pistachio nuts, powdered sugar

    Finishing the Cookies

    Finishes for the cookies inclue, istacho nuts, powdered sugar, white chocolate and shortening.

    FRONT ROW: Shortening, white chocolate

    BACK ROW: Whole pistachios, powdered sugar, chopped pistachios

    Key Ingredients

    • It is important to toast the pistachios to bring out the maximum flavor.
    • The nuts are chopped two different ways - more coarsely for the cookie and finer for the finish.
    • Cake flour will give the best texture to the cookie. It is a softer flour and provides a melt a melt in your mouth experience more so than all-purpose. If you have to use all-purpose flour, you will need to use 1 ¾ cup instead of 2 cups of cake flour but the weight remains the same.
    • Powdered sugar is often used in European cookies and also contributes to a cookie that melts in your mouth.
    • I know there are some who eschew using shortening (read Crisco) to solidify the chocolate at room temperature but there is very little and it is the only thing I know of that will make the chocolate solid at room temperature. Butter and oil will not harden. Coconut oil has been suggested but it can get crackling hard.

    Variations

    • Lemon or orange zest can be added to the cookie.
    • Other nuts can be used instead of the pistachios. But be sure to toast the nuts first.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    The first collages shows the pistachios coarsely chopped, the butter, powdered sugar, vanilla and almond extracts in a mixing bowl, mixed and the flour added.

    Step 1. Coarsely chop the toasted pistachios into medium size pieces. See my post, Chopping Nuts A Quicker Way, for the easiest way to do this. Step 2. Place the softened butter, powdered sugar, vanilla and almond extracts in the bowl of a mixer. Step 3. Beat until almost white, scraping down as necessary. Step 4. Add the flour.

    This collage shows the dough about ¾ mixed, the pistachios added, the dough finished and the cookies dropped and then rolled into balls on a tray.

    Step 5. Beat on medium until the mixture is about ¾ combined. Step 6. Add the pistachios. By adding them now it is easier for them to get them evenly distributed. Step 7. Finish mixing everything until it is completely combined. Step 8. Using a #70 disher/scooper or a 1 tablespoon measure, drop the cookies. Finish them by rolling them into smooth balls.

    This collages shows the finely cut pistachios, the white chocolate and shortening in the top of a double boiler then melted together and a cookie dipped in the white chocolate.

    Step 9. For dipping the cookies into the nuts, the nuts have to be finely chopped. While I don't usually use the processor for chopping nuts, I do in this case. Pulse the toasted nuts until they are finely chopped. They will not be uniform, so when some are, I put all of the nuts through a sieve and then pick out the larger ones and return them to the processor for more pulsing. I always sieve them to make sure the dust of the nuts doesn't impede the sharp look of the dipped cookies. Place them in a small bowl but one that a cookie will comfortably fit in. If they are too spread out, the nuts won't be deep enough to coat the cookie well. Step 10. Place the white chocolate in the top of a double boiler. Here I have made one by placing a heatproof bowl over a pan. Step 11. Bring the water underneath to a simmer. Do not boil. Keep it at a simmer while the chocolate and shortening melt. Stir together. Do not whisk as you may get air bubbles. Step 12. Keep the double boiler intact and pick up a cookie. Dip it upside down in the chocolate right up to the bottom edge. Let the excess drip back and very lightly remove any extra by scraping it gently over the edge of the bowl. Place it on a parchment lined baking sheet right side up. By keeping the chocolate over the double boiler it doesn't get cold and thicken up as quickly.

    The last collages shows a chocolate dipped cookie in a bowl of finely cut pistachios, placed on parchment, another one dipped cookie with a whole nut on top and last the cookies sprinkled with powdered sugar.

    Step 13. Here the dipped cookie is immediately put into the bowl of finely chopped pistachios up to the bottom edge. Step 14. Place it on parchment paper right side up. Step 15. Another way to finish the cookie is to dip it, place it on parchment and immediately place a half or whole pistachio on top. Step 16. The last way is to sprinkle them heavily with powdered sugar but these will not have the white chocolate on them.

    All of the dipped cookies can be place in the fridge to firm up. They will remain firm at room temperature or in a tin.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Where do pistachio nuts originate?

    Central and Western Asia where they were considered a delicacy They came to the U.S in the 1900's and California now dominates American production with Arizona and New Mexico following. They thrive in arid, hot climates.

    What is another recipe that uses pistachios?

    A popular dessert in Turkey as well as Middle eastern and Mediterranean cuisines is Baklava made with pistachios instead of walnuts. It also uses a simple syrup or honey syrup to soak in.

    What is white chocolate made from:

    White chocolate contains cocoa butter, sugar, and milk solids, but no cocoa solids. It is made from the fat of the cocoa bean (cocoa butter) mixed with dairy and sweeteners, often with added vanilla and soy lecithin. According to the FDA, it must contain at least 20% cocoa butter and 14% milk solids. 

    Expert Tips

    • Always toast the pistachios to bring out more flavor. Since I toast all of my nuts, I often will toast a 1 or 2 pound package, cool them, repackage and freeze them so they are ready when I am. At the bakery we would toast 30 pounds at a time and freeze them. It makes baking much easier.
    • White chocolate can seize or burn quite quickly which is why I prefer to melt it over a double boiler and barely simmering water. I have burned too much melting it in the microwave.
    • Cake flour is used for its low gluten content leading to a cookie that melts in your mouth.
    • When coating cookies or candy as in the recipe, keep the double boiler intact as you dip. The hot water underneath delays the cooling of the chocolate making it easier to get them dipped. If it gets too thick, simply rewarm.
    A tray of the variously finished cookies on a gray plate rimmed in gold.

    A Few More European Cookies

    • White, star shaped cinnamon Zimtsterne cookies are flowing fro a container surounded by holiday ornaments.
      Zimtsterne - German Cinnamon Stars
    • Rugelach Bars are stacked on a decorative plate.
      Quick Easy Versatile Rugelach Bars
    • A bunch of French Butter Cookies, Petit Beurre, on a plate. They are rectangular cookies with holes throughout them and have browned edges
      French Butter Cookies - Petit Beurre
    • Bajadera - No Bake Cookie Bars are layered hazelnut bars topped with chocolate.
      Bajadera - A No Bake Cookie Bar

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A tray of White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies finished 4 different wasys its on a gray plate rimmed in gold.

    Irresistible White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies From Scratch

    Helen S. Fletcher
    There’s something quietly luxurious about these irresistible White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies. The creamy sweetness of white chocolate paired with buttery, toasted pistachios creates a cookie that feels special without being fussy.
    5 from 1 vote
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 50 minutes mins
    Cook Time 15 minutes mins
    Course Cooies
    Cuisine American
    Servings 45 cookies
    Calories 141 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies

    • ¾ cup toasted pistachio nuts (85 grams)
    • 1 cup unsalted butter (225 grams or 2 sticks)
    • ½ cup powdered sugar (65 grams)
    • 2 cups cake flour* (250 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
    • 1 teaspoon almond extract
    • *if substituting all-purpose flour (which I don't recommend) use 1 ¾ cups but the weight remains the same.

    Finishing Ingredients - if dipping all of them or finishing all the same kind

    • 12 ounces white chocolate (340 grams)
    • 2 ½ tablespoons shortening such as Crisco
    • 6 ounces finely chopped toasted pistachios (170 grams)
    • 45 whole or half toasted pistachos

    Instructions
     

    White Chocolate Pistachio Cookie

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line several baking sheets with parchment paper. Set aside.
    • Place the pistachios on a rimmed baking sheet and toast all of them at once until they are fragrant and somewhat browned, about 7 to 9 minutes. Cool completely.
    • Coarsely chop ¾ cup or 85 grams for the cookies. To easily do this see my post, Chopping Nuts a Quicker Way. Set aside.
    • Combine the butter, powdered sugar, vanilla and almond extracts in the bowl of a mixer. Beat until the mixture is almost white, scraping down the sides of the bowl as needed.
    • Add the flour and mix to about ¾ done. Add the pistachios and finish mixing until everything is evenly combined. If the dough is too soft to scoop, chill it to firm it up. Don't leave it in the fridge too long or it will be too hard to scoop the cookies.
    • Using a #70 disher/scooper drop the cookies on the prepared baking sheets and then roll them into smooth balls. Place them 2" apart. A tablespoon of dough may also be used.
    • Bake for 7 minutes, turn the sheet and bake for 7 to 8 more minutes. Cool completely.

    Finishing the White Chocolate Pistachio Cookies

    • To coat all of the cookies in finely chopped nuts, place the toasted nuts in the bowl of a processor. Pulse to chop them finely. They will not all be chopped to the same degree, so pour them into a sieve and remove the nut dust. Pick out the larger nuts and re-pulse them. Repeat until they are uniformly finely chopped. Place them in a bowl that is large enough to coat one cookie at a time. You want to create depth so the cookie can be be coated right up the bottom when held upside down. Set aside.
    • Place the chopped up white chocolate and shortening in the top of a double boiler or fashion one out of a bowl that fits on top of a saucepan. A tapered bowl is perfect here because the chocolate should be as deep as possible and not spread out or it will be difficult to dip them properly.
    • Add water to the saucepan but do not let it touch the bottom of the bowl.
    • Bring the water to a bare simmer and keep it there. Heat the chocolate and shortening until it is melted, stirring often. Do not use a whisk as you risk air bubbles.
    • While the chocolate melts, line a couple of baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside.
    • Keeping the double boiler intact, turn a cookie upside down and dip it in the chocolate all the way to the bottom. Allow the excess to drip back into the bowl. Very lightly, scrape the remaining excess, on the side of the bowl without removing all of the chocolate.
    • If finishing with the finely chopped pistachios, dip the cookie immediately into the nuts right after dipping it into the chocolate and place it on the baking sheet.
    • If finishing with the pistachio half or whole, apply it immediately after dipping the cookie and placing it on the baking sheet.
    • To speed up the setting of the chocolate, refrigerate for 10 to 15 minutes. They will stay set up at room temperature or in a tin after they are set.
    • If using the powdered sugar finish, the cookies will not be dipped. Simply line them up on a baking sheet and sift powdered sugar heavily over the. They will not have white chocolate on them.
    • Kept in an airtight tin with paper between them, they will last for a week or so.
    • To make ahead, roll the balls of dough, freeze them and bake from the frozen stage, adding a couple of extra minutes. Finish as desired.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ____________________________________________________
    It is important to toast the pistachios to bring out the maximum flavor. Since I toast all of my nuts, I often will toast a 1 or 2 pound package, cool them, repackage and freeze them so they are ready when I am. At the bakery we would toast 30 pounds at a time and freeze them. It makes baking much easier.
    The nuts are chopped two different ways - more coarsely for the cookie and finer for the finish.
    Cake flour will give the best texture to the cookie. It is a softer flour and provides a melt a melt in your mouth experience more so than all purpose. If you have to use all-purpose flour, you will need to use 1 ¾ cup instead of 2 cups of cake flour but the weight remains the same. 
    Powdered sugar is often used in European cookies and also contributes to a cookie that melts in your mouth.
    I know there are some who eschew using shortening (read Crisco) to solidify the chocolate at room temperature but there is very little and it is the only thing I know of that will make the chocolate solid at room temperature. Butter and oil will not harden. Coconut oil has been suggested but it can get crackling hard.
    White chocolate can seize or burn quite quickly which is why I prefer to melt it over a double boiler and barely simmering water. I have burned too much melting it in the microwave.
    When coating cookies or candy as in the recipe, keep the double boiler intact as you dip. The hot water underneath delays the cooling of the chocolate making it easier to get them dipped. If it gets too thick, simply rewarm.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 45cookiesCalories: 141kcalCarbohydrates: 11gProtein: 2gFat: 10gSaturated Fat: 5gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 3gTrans Fat: 0.3gCholesterol: 12mgSodium: 8mgPotassium: 88mgFiber: 1gSugar: 6gVitamin A: 153IUVitamin C: 0.4mgCalcium: 23mgIron: 0.3mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Make Ahead Christmas Morning Bakes for a Stress-Free Holiday

    Modified: Apr 20, 2026 · Published: Dec 15, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A slice of Easier Danish Pastry sits on a silver server.

    Imagine waking up on Christmas morning to the smell of sweet rolls baking, without any of the stress. These recipes for breads, rolls, and coffee cakes can be prepped in advance, so you can spend less time in the kitchen and more time making memories.

    A slice of Easier Danish Pastry sits on a silver server.
    Easier Danish Pastry Recipe
    This Easier "Danish Pastry" Recipe replaces the traditional laminated Danish pastry with my really easy 60 Second Brioche coupling it with the Viennese Braid technique which is equally easy to make. It's packed with flavor, perfectly balanced and indulgent.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of Easier Danish Pastry sits on a silver server.
    A Swedish Cardamom Knot sits on a blue and white plate
    Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls
    These Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls have so much going for them.  Known as Kardemummabullar, the dough is easy to make in the processor or mixer and interestingly has no eggs.  It is wonderfully soft and really easy to roll out. 
    Check out this recipe
    Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe
    These really are the Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe. Why? Because I've added a Cinnamon Crunch topping (think Cinnamon Crunch Bagels) which takes this way over the top!
    Check out this recipe
    A Cinnamon Crunch rolls sits on an antique plate rimmed in pink and gray with more rolls in the background.
    Eggs, sausage, red peppers and cheese rolled up in a tasty bread ready to bake for breakfast or brunch,
    Homemade Breakfast Stromboli
    Homemade Breakfast Stromboli - what's not to love about a fantastic, easy to make bread enclosing, scrambled eggs, bacon, hash browns, 2 cheeses and red peppers? I sure don't know. It bakes up perfectly and cuts into beautiful slices with the filling intact.
    Check out this recipe
    Cuccidati Coffeecake
    This coffecake came about because of my love of the Italian Cookie of the same name. The same filling that goes into that marvelous cookie is used as the filling here.
    Check out this recipe
    Cuccidati Coffeecake
    Four Hot Cross Buns sit on an Irish plate with a white background and decorated with little bees and flies.
    Hot Cross Buns Revisited
    I kmow Hot Cross Buns are a treat associated with Lent and Easter although I make them all year long because they are so good. These buns are packed with flavor from the cinnamon, cloves and nutmeg as well as currants and a bit of molasses that deepens the flavor of the already spectacular buns.
    Check out this recipe
    Lemon Sugar Buns
    These Lemon Sugar Buns are just the treat for a busy holiday morning. An enriched European type yeast dough is flavored with lemon zest and takes minutes to make.
    Check out this recipe
    A single Lemon Sugar Bun sits on a white laced edged plate with a platter of more buns in the background.

    Bake and Share Holiday Treats for Gifts

    Modified: Apr 20, 2026 · Published: Dec 12, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    Two chocolate truffles on a silver serving dish.

    There's no gift more heartfelt than a homemade one. My collection of cookies, candies, and truffles is perfect for packaging up and sharing with friends, family, and neighbors. They travel well and taste like pure holiday magic!

    Two chocolate truffles on a silver serving dish.
    Salted Macadamia Rum Toffee
    Candy has the bad rap of being difficult to make. It often requires a thermometer that registers 350°F but it isn't that difficult and no one will believe you made it. Think Heath bars or brickle.
    Check out this recipe
    Salted Macadamia Rum Toffee in a gold candy box with a star shaped pink ornament with Warm Holiday Wishes written on it and a snowman and gingerbread man on the ornament.
    Two Chocolate Trufles on a silver server.
    Chocolate Chocolate Truffles
    At the bakery we were known for our chocolate. These Chocolate Chocolate Truffles were the same ones we made - hundreds and hundreds that were hand dipped and I'm going to share the secret to perfectly coated truffles.
    Check out this recipe
    Apricot Pistachio Italian Biscotti Recipe
    These Apricot Pistachio Biscotti are festive looking with the green pistachio nuts and vibrant orange apricots.  An uncomplicated recipe with easy to obtain ingredients, these biscotti last a long time in an airtight container. They also ship well. I've made them in a large size as well as mini's which are perfect with a cup of coffee or tea on a cookie tray.
    Check out this recipe
    Two sizes of Apricot Pistachio Italian Biscotti arranged on a white doille on a tin server.
    Peppermint Ravioli Cookies tied in a stick with green ribbon and gift boxes around.
    Peppermint Ravioli Cookies
    I wait for the winter holidays for Ghirardelli to send out its peppermint squares again just to make these Peppermint Ravioli Cookies. This once a year treat is delicious on its own, but incorporated into a cookie can’t be beat.
    Check out this recipe
    Baci di Dama
    These fantastic looking Baci di Dama cookies consist of two hemispheres of buttery hazelnut cookies sandwiched with a rich gianduja filling - think Rochers and Nutella.  The recipe for this Italian cookie is as easy to remember as your name.  It is equal parts, by weight, of four ingredients for the cookie.  Forming the cookies is just as easy.
    Check out this recipe
    Seven cookies sit on an antique pate rimmed in gold.
    Best Spiced Shortbread Cookies
    These Best Spiced Shortbread Cookies are one of the easiest and simplest to make. Three ingredients plus the two flavorings are all that is needed and I'll bet they're in you pantry and fridge already. Now imagine these are sandwiched with a chocolate sour cream ganache.  This shortbread uses Chinese 5 Spice powder or cinnamon.
    Check out this recipe
    Serbian Walnut Cookies
    These melt-in-your-mouth Serbian Walnut Cookies are also known as Vanilice and were quite the surprise to me.  When I first saw the recipe, I thought it was just another butter cookie, but the toasted ground walnuts give these cookies quite a boost.  While in the West we use pecans because they are indigenous to the Americas, walnuts are used in the Balkans because they are plentiful. 
    Check out this recipe
    Macadamia Brittle|Candy|Pastries Like a Pro
    Sweet and Hot Macadamia Brittle
    Macadamia brittle is a treat anytime, but add a bit of heat and it becomes Sweet and Hot Macadamia brittle, a candy not to be forgotten.
    Check out this recipe

    Jaw-Dropping Holiday Desserts Guaranteed to Impress Your Guests

    Modified: Apr 20, 2026 · Published: Dec 9, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A slice of the Cranberry Linzer Tart sits on an antique cream and gold plate.

    Ready to bake a true showstopper? These elegant cakes, tortes, and tarts are perfect for any holiday gathering. With rich chocolate, festive fruits, and beautiful presentations, these desserts taste even more incredible than they look. Each one can be made in part or in whole to make managing your holidays easier.

    A slice of the Cranberry Linzer Tart sits on an antique cream and gold plate.
    Buche de Noel
    The Buche de Noel is a spectacular extravaganza from France and is one dessert, among many, of their gifts to the world of food. And what a gift it is! While it looks complicated, it can be done over several weeks.  I have posted a schedule that makes this doable.  
    Check out this recipe
    Buche de Noel for Holiday Baking
    The 27 Layer Tuille Torte sits on a beige and silver plate.
    27 Layer Tuille Torte
    A variation of this magnificently layered Tuile Torte appeared in my first book, "The New Pastry Cook".  It is actually easy to make, but it is time consuming. The fact that most of it can be done ahead makes it very possible.  Fourteen layers of tuile and 13 layers of mousse are a show stopper anyway you look at it.
    Check out this recipe
    Exceptional Tuxedo Cake
    Named after the black suit with a white vest, shirt and tie, a tuxedo exudes luxury on sight as does this cake. An easily made decadent chocolate cake it's layered with both a chocolate and Bailey's white chocolate mousse. This cake recipe is the perfect celebration cake for any occasion.
    Check out this recipe
    Three layers of chocolate cake, white chocolate mousse,dark chocolate mousse and a chocolate glaze sit on an old fashioned cut glass tray.
    Dobos Torte - An Hungarian Speciality
    Dobos Torte is one of Hungary's best known desserts. The butter sponge layers are filled sparingly  with a light, delicate but intense chocolate buttercream.  You won't believe the ease of the buttercream made quickly and easily in a food processor .
    Check out this recipe
    Orange Cranberry Cake - A Holiday Speciality
    What could possibly say it's a holiday celebration more than an orange chiffon cake, cranberry filling, dark chocolate ganache filling all ensconced in whipped cream? To make it more doable, all of the components can be made ahead.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Orange Cranberry Cake sits on a pearl plate with greenery in the background.
    Riene de Saba Cake with Candied Cranberries
    This frozen Reine de Saba is the perfect dessert for a busy schedule as the entire cake can be done a month ahead. A deeply chocolate base with a frozen chocolate mousse is served with sweet/tart candied cranberries.
    Check out this recipe
    This Reine de Saba cake consists of two layers of Reine de Saba with a chocolate mousse and candied cranberries. The cake is a frozen delight.
    The Marjolaine consists of meringue layers, pastry cream with praline, and chocolate ganache in this gluten free classic.
    Marjolaine - A Classic Flourless Pastry
    This Marjolaine is one of the most elegant gluten free desserts to be found and is, indeed, a special occasion dessert.  Don't let its many parts dissuade you from making this. Almost every part can be made ahead just waiting to be assembled.
    Check out this recipe
    Make Ahead Cranberry Linzer Tart
    Cranberry Linzer Tart with its bright deep red, vibrant,  cranberry filling is a variation of the Viennese Linzer Tart with raspberry filling.  The spiced Linzer pastry is a perfect partner with the cranberries.   It is best made ahead so the flavors can blend making this a natural for the holiday season.  It can also be baked and frozen until needed.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Cranberry Linzer Tart sits on an antique cream and gold plate.

    Festive Breakfast Bakes to Fill Your Home with Holiday Cheer

    Modified: Dec 5, 2025 · Published: Dec 5, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    Make your December mornings extra special with a warm, homemade breakfast. These cozy muffins, scones, and coffee cakes are brimming with seasonal flavors like cranberry, apple, and warm spices, making them the perfect start to any chilly day.

    Cranberry Muffins Recipe
    This Cranberry Muffins Recipe is quick to make, celebrates the season with their vibrant color and tart taste. While thought of mostly in the fall and around Thanksgiving, this fruit can be used in its frozen form to great advantage as in this recipe.
    Check out this recipe
    A basket of Cranberry Muffins with one split open on top.
    A single Apple Muffin covered with a crunchy sugar topping.
    Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe
    This super Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe is not only super easy and fast but one of the best muffins around. The key to these wonders is lots of apples and a really crunchy sugar topping that isn't exactly a crumb but a close cousin you're sure to love.
    Check out this recipe
    Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Recipe
    These Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones are perfect for breakfast, brunch or snack. Quickly made with tons of warm spices and toasted pecans, these are finished with an orange glaze and pecans and sanding sugar for a bit of crunch.
    Check out this recipe
    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.
    Squares of Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee Cake with cranberries and cinnamon sticks
    Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee Cake
    This Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee Cake. is easy, quick to make and loaded with everything for fall and for the holiday season, cranberries, pecans, and cinnamon in a sour cream coffee cake.
    Check out this recipe
    Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe
    These really are the Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe. Why? Because I've added a Cinnamon Crunch topping (think Cinnamon Crunch Bagels) which takes this way over the top! Combining these two makes a completely new and different roll that's easy to make for a very special Breakfast or Brunch.
    Check out this recipe
    A Cinnamon Crunch rolls sits on an antique plate rimmed in pink and gray with more rolls in the background.
    A plate of 6 Stuffed Buttermilk Scones on a blue rimmed plate with a multi colored napkin in the background.
    Cinnamon Filled Buttermilk Scones
    Think of these fantastic Cinnamon Filled Buttermilk Scones as sconewiches. Two currant scones are stuffed with a brown sugar and cinnamon filling (think cinnamon rolls) finished with a vanilla glaze. Much quicker than even Cinnamon Bread, these are the perfect touch of sweetness for the holidays.
    Check out this recipe
    Orange Macadamia Rolls
    This Orange Macadamia Rolls Recipe is not to be missed. A tender sour cream yeast dough encloses an orange macadamia filling that's finished with a coffee glaze. The amazing yeast dough goes together quickly and is one of the easiest I've every made. It's basically two steps - mix the liquids and yeast, then add the flour, mix and set it to rise. I can't imagine an easier yeast dough to make.
    Check out this recipe

    Cookie Roundup of 45 Cookies & Bars

    Modified: Dec 2, 2024 · Published: Dec 2, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    With cookie season just in sight, I've compiled a list of some really great cookies in this Cookie Roundup. Whether you're looking for a new cookie, cookies for a cookie swap or preparing to ship cookies as gifts, you're sure to find old favorites as well as new cookies.

    American cookies and bars as well as European cookies from Germany, France, Italy, England, Croatia, Poland, Russia and Australia are perfect for the holidays or anytime and you will find them all here. Many of these can be made ahead. Any of the bars or brownies can be cut smaller to use on an assorted tray presentation.

    Be sure to check out Cookie Tips for the Best Cookies and Cut Out Cookies Using the Wax Paper Technique for all manner of information to help you make any cookie come out better.

    Langue de Chat cookies in a bowl.
    Langue de Chat
    Langue de Chat is a French cookie that translates to cat's tongue because of its shape. It is a crisp, sweet, long, wafer thin cookie and a snap to make with only five ingredients. It's particularly good sandwiched with chocolate - think Milano's.
    Check out this recipe
    Viennese Whirl Cookies
    These are a stunningly delicious, melt in your mouth cookie with only four ingredients for the basic cookie. While the traditional English version is filled with buttercream and raspberry jam, I've upped the ante with a Strawberry Chocolate filling that will wow you.
    Check out this recipe
    A plate of Viennese Whirls with strawberry and chocolate filling in front of gift boxes.
    A plate of Cuccidati, fig and nut filled Italian Cookies sprinkled with multi-colored nonpariels.
    Cuccidati - Italy's Finest Cookie
    A favorite Italian cookie, Cuccidati (coo-cha-dah-tee) is actually easy to make and can be done over a number of days.   The pasta frolla, an Italian pastry, encloses a filling of black mission figs, dates and raisins highlighted with orange and lemon zest finished with rum.  The cookies are glazed and sprinkled with colored nonpareils.
    Check out this recipe
    Spritz Bars - Easier than The Cookies
    Spritz Bars are a faster way to make the beloved Spritz cookies all dressed up with Swedish Pearl Sugar and drizzled in chocolate.
    Check out this recipe
    Ready to eat Spritz bars piled up.
    Four Peanut Butter Sandwich Cookies on a white plate with a brown rim.
    Peanut Butter Sandwich Cookies
    These Peanut Butter Sandwich Cookies are loaded with peanuts used three ways for the most peanuty cookie ever and are the perfect cookie for a peanut lover.
    Check out this recipe
    Bajadera - A No Bake Cookie Bar
    You will love this concept because it is a no bake cookie bar and the layering adds a sophistication not often seen in this type of cookie. But the real surprise is that it is not too sweet, but intensely flavored.  
    Check out this recipe
    Bajadera - No Bake Cookie Bars are layered hazelnut bars topped with chocolate.
    Mocha Kahlua Brownie
    Mocha Kahlua Brownies
    The brownie itself is of the fudgy variety with a deep, intense chocolate flavor highlighted with coffee undertones. Mocha Kahlua Brownies couldn't be easier to make with a sophisticated taste.
    Check out this recipe
    Zimtsterne - German Cinnamon Stars
    Zimtsterne star shaped cookies are one of Germany's favorite Christmas cookies. Naturally gluten free with few ingredients, these cookies are fat free and go together in minutes.
    Check out this recipe
    White, star shaped cinnamon Zimtsterne cookies are flowing fro a container surounded by holiday ornaments.
    Toasted coconut and macadamia nuts are the basis of these heart shaped shorbreads on a lattice plate over purple.
    Tropical Shortbread Cookies
    These Tropical Shortbread Cookies are the perfect way to say "I love you" to that someone special. While cut out cookies can be a challenge, my post on Cut Out Cookies Using the Wax Paper Technique makes is so much easier - just perfect cookies cut out cookies every time without the drama. The cookies don't spread and cut out cleanly with sharp edges. 
    Check out this recipe
    French Butter Cookies - Petit Beurre
    These French Butter Cookies are barely sweet, simple little butter cookies that come from France where they are a much-loved cookie with tea, coffee or as a snack.  They are particularly good in recipes calling for crushed cookies.  
    Check out this recipe
    A bunch of French Butter Cookies, Petit Beurre, on a plate. They are rectangular cookies with holes throughout them and have browned edges
    Three flavors in one cookie - Chocolate, Vanilla and Strawberry make up this Neapolitan Butter Cookie
    Neapolitan Butter Cookies
    These are a simple butter cookie that goes together without effort and is easy to shape.  The dough itself is a breeze to work with right out of the mixer.  You can vary the flavors by substituting other powders for the cocoa and strawberry.
    Check out this recipe
    Quick Easy Versatile Rugelach Bars
    These bars are an easier, faster version of the Rugelach cookie that can be filled in a variety of ways according to your taste.
    Check out this recipe
    Rugelach Bars are stacked on a decorative plate.
    Honey Diamond cookies
    Honey Diamonds - A cookie? A small cake?
    Honey Diamonds are a rare cookie with no shortening. These soft pillows of spiced chocolate are actually more like little cakes packed with flavor that only get better when they sit. Its quick preparation is a boon to busy bakers and as a bonus they make the house smell wonderful while baking.
    Check out this recipe
    HASELNUSSMAKRONEN -German Hazelnut Macaroons
    Haselnussmakronen! What a mouthful. This German Hazelnut Macaroon is the simplest of recipes with a really big reward that you don't want to miss. Six ingredients whipped up in a matter of minutes, baked in practically no time and filled with jam or chocolate will take a cookie tray to new heights.As an added plus, these cookies are naturally gluten free.
    Check out this recipe
    A plate of 3 Haselnussmakronen -German Hazelnut Macroons on a plate with a cup and saucer and more macaroons in the background.
    Round Sable Breton cookies that are cross hatched on a lace edged plate.
    Sablé Breton
    You don't want to miss this easy, classic, buttery cookie from the Bretagne region (Britanny) in North-West France.
    Best ever butter cookie!
    Check out this recipe
    Hello Dolly Cookies
    Hello Dolly Cookies are quickly made and require no mixer or involved ingredients.  Just stir together, scoop, bake, cool and eat.  A perfect project with kids.  
    Check out this recipe
    Hello Dollie Cookies
    Sarah Bernhardt cookies feature a macaron base with a chocolate ganache filling,dipped in chocolate and finished with gold leaf
    Sarah Bernhardts - A Macaroon Like No Other
    An almond macaroon, topped with a chocolate truffle, dipped in chocolate and decorated with gold leaf for a cookie beyond compare.
    Check out this recipe
    Spice Bars
    This recipe for Spice Bars is one of those fantastic treasures where you make the base, press it into a pan, add a few more ingredients to the reserved amount, pour it on top, and bake.  It couldn't be easier. 
    Check out this recipe
    Spice bars ready to eat surrounded by spices.
    Finished Photo
    Orange Almond Madeleines - A Petit Four
    These shell shaped Madeleines petit fours are a stunning and flavor packed addition to any cookie collection. They are easy to make and easier to eat.
    Check out this recipe
    Oatmeal Cookies
    The Oatmeal cookies are sure to please with a whole pound of add ins of your choice. If oatmeal cookies are your thing, then be sure to give these a go.
    Check out this recipe
    Oatmeal Cookies
    Three Chocolate Biscotti on a white tray with coffee in a cup.
    Chocolate Spice Olive Oil Biscotti
    Biscotti are twice baked cookies and come to us from Italy.  They are not too sweet and are simply addictive.  To make things better they are really easy to make. Make them large or make them small, this spicy version is highlighted with black pepper and cayenne for a surprising after taste.
    Check out this recipe
    Almost Oreos with Black Onyx Cocoa
    The black cocoa used in this recipe makes an Oreo type cookie which is black indeed. Originally make for Halloween, change out the colors in the filling and it is perfect for anytime.
    Check out this recipe
    Murbteig Pastry
    This basic pastry is German or Viennese depending upon what book you are reading.  It is extremely easy to put together and just as versatile. These cookies literally melt in your mouth.
    Check out this recipe
    Finished photo
    Finished trio of cookies
    Holiday Cookies
    This post of Holiday Cookies includes Sienna Lace, Chocolate Dipped Cappuccino Rounds, and Anise Swirls.
    Check out this recipe
    Pfeffernusse Cookies
    These traditional cookies come from the German repertoire. The word pfeffernusse translates to  “pepper nut”.   While everyone seems to agree they have molasses, pepper and spices, just which spices seem to vary. These cookies are like fine wine - they need to develop their flavor so they are a great make ahead cookie.
    Check out this recipe
    Finished photo
    A cookie crust, peanut butter filling and chocolate topping make up the No Bake Peanut Butter Bars
    No Bake Peanut Butter Bars
    These No Bake Peanut Butter Bars fall into the ridiculously easy category and are great for something to do with the kids. A chocolatey crust, insanely delicious, smooth, and creamy filling and a just right chocolate top, make these one of the best bars around.
    Check out this recipe
    Easy Decorated Shortbread Cookies
    I used two techniques - the first is painted cookies, either solid colors or the very simple swirly, marbelized ones. The second is even easier since you simply cover the unbaked cookie with colored sugar and bake. That's it.
    Check out this recipe
    A platter of brightly Decorated Shortbread Cookies for Easter including ducks, flowers and Easter eggs.
    A wicker basket with a doilie holds black and white glazed Pryaniki cookies.
    Pryaniki - Russian Honey Spice Cookies
    Pryaniki (pre-ah-nee-kee) are honey and spice Russian cookies traditionally served at teas and holidays. These cookies are more cake-like than their German cousins, Pfeffernusse and are finished with a white or chocolate glaze.
    Check out this recipe
    French Macarons with Chocolate Raspberry Filling
    These special French Macarons are filled with the same chocolate raspberry truffle filling we sold at the bakery. This deeply chocolate, deeply raspberry filling is sandwiched between two pink macaroons.
    Check out this recipe
    Pink macarons filled with chocolate and raspery on a white plate.
    Hermit Bars
    Hermit Bars with Lemon Glaze
    Spice filled Hermit Bars are really easy to make, packed with flavor and finished with a lemon glaze.
    Check out this recipe
    Traditional Springerle Cookies
    With no shortening in Springerle Cookies, it is a combination of a cookie and a cake. The drying time before baking is to dry the top of the cookie so the design becomes prominent. This anise flavored German cookie is great to eat as well as to use for tree ornaments.
    Check out this recipe
    Springerle Cookies on a mustard colored plate with a springerle rolling pin and mold in the background.
    Dulche de leche cookies with the five finishes - pecan, pecan and sugar, plain chocolate, plain cookie, with sanding sugar
    Dulce de Leche Cookies - Your Way
    The dulce de leche filling is as easy as pouring a can of condensed milk in a bowl and baking it for a couple of hours. I've provided several ways to finish the cookies, from simple to extravagant - all elegant and looking like they came from a bakery.  While this recipe looks like it might be a challenge, it is really quite easy and very much worthwhile.
    Check out this recipe
    Almond Macaroons
    Almond Macaroons are simplicity itself and one of the easiest, fastest, most delicious cookies you can make. They are naturally gluten free.
    Check out this recipe
    Almond Macaroons
    Single cookie for The Importance of Base Recipes in Baking
    The Importance of a Base Recipe in Baking
    This is a perfect base recipe for cookies as it can be adapted endlessly and can be put together in a matter of minutes. This post lists 8 variations to get you started.
    Check out this recipe
    Pecan Bars
    These Pecan Bars are one of the most used recipes from the Culinary Institute of America. I have seen various versions of these Pecan Bars but this one is the one we used in the bakery. Cut them in half for the perfect bar on a cookie tray
    Check out this recipe
    Finished photo
    A tray of breakfast cookies with a blue striped glass of milk.
    Versatile Breakfast Cookies
    Everything you need for breakfast. Oats, Wheaties or Total, fruits and nuts, spices, and applesauce all come together for a great breakfast treat.
    Check out this recipe
    Fudgey Chocolate Cookies with Variations
    Soft chewy cookies such as this Fudgey Chocolate Cookie are not synonymous with under-baked cookies.  Altering the way the cookie is normally put together and changing one ingredient makes the difference.
    Check out this recipe
    Fudgey Chocolate Cookies with variations
    Amaretti Cookies
    These Amaretti cookies which are Italy's version of a macaroon are a perfect example. Crunchy, gluten free and low in fat, these are the perfect accompaniment to lightly sweetened or macerated fresh fruit or ice cream or just eat them by themselves.
    Check out this recipe
    Amaretti Cookie photo
    Multi colored Painted Cookies on a lace plate
    Painted Cookies
    Years ago when I owned my bakery glazed cookies started showing up everywhere. Fancy and fanciful, I was not skilled at that time with a pastry bag so I came up with this marbelized version that is so, so easy anyone can do it. It is used commonly now by many - even those that can pipe.
    Check out this recipe
    Hazelnut Crunch Bars
    Hazelnut Crunch Bars are a fantasy dessert.  Milk chocolate, rice krispies and toasted hazelnuts form the crunch base for these bars which are topped with a layer of caramel.   A light as air marshmallow tops the caramel and the dark satin ganache finishes the Hazelnut Crunch Bars elegantly.
    Check out this recipe
    Finished Hazelnut Crunch Bar
    Zippy Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads
    Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads
    While shortbreads are usually thought of as sweet, these Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads are definitely on the savory, snacky side. When I had my take out shop, we sold these Cheddar Pecan Shortbreads and they were always a winner with wine, beer, lemonade or nothing at all. Warning: these are really addictive.
    Check out this recipe
    Flourless Chocolate Raspberry Cookies
    While it is good by itself, it is better if you sandwich them together with raspberry jam and sprinkle them with powdered sugar. These Flourless Chocolate Raspberry Cookies are amazingly fudgy and moist and have quickly become a favorite.
    Check out this recipe
    Finished photo
    Round butter cookies finished with chocolate on an orange and white plate.
    Chocolate Dipped Sweet and Salty Butter Cookies
    These Chocolate Dipped Sweet and Salty Butter Cookies are one of the simplest cookies to be found. Salt and sanding sugar are mixed to top the chocolate covered cookie. To speed up the process, logs of dough are rolled and sliced so there is no rolling and cutting out the cookies.
    Check out this recipe
    Peanut Butter Cookie Pops
    What could me more fun than a cookie pop - a peanut butter cookie on a stick?  How about a peanut butter cookie with a snicker’s bar inside on a stick?
    Check out this recipe
    Finished Photo of Cookie Pops

    Kick-Start Your Holiday Spirit: Cookies & Breads to Bake Now

    Modified: Apr 29, 2026 · Published: Nov 28, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    Viennese Whirl Cookies are comprised of two cookies filled with a chocolate and strawberry buttercream.

    As the Thanksgiving plates are cleared, our minds turn to the festive season ahead! Get into the holiday spirit with this collection of beautiful European-inspired cookies and stunning braided breads that are perfect for gifting or sharing.

    Viennese Whirl Cookies are comprised of two cookies filled with a chocolate and strawberry buttercream.
    Murbteig Pastry
    Murbteig cookies  were one of my favorite Christmas cookies made by my mother. The basic pastry is German or Viennese depending upon what book you are reading.  It is extremely easy to put together. Mother made this in a mixer but I find it easier in the food processor. Both versions are included.
    Check out this recipe
    Various shaped cookies with pecan and sugar topping sit on a silver tray.
    Several slices of the swirly Chocolate Babka is shown along with the whole in the background.
    My Chocolate Babka
    My Chocolate Babka Recipe is a visually stunning sweet bread that has a couple of tips to help you shape this marvelous filled yeast dough. For the chocolate filling, I simply used Nutella to highlight the sweet dough for an unparalleled treat that is easier to make than it looks.
    Check out this recipe
    Serbian Walnut Cookies Recipe
    These melt-in-your-mouth Serbian Walnut Cookies are also known as Vanilice and were quite the surprise to me.  When I first saw the recipe, I thought it was just another butter cookie, but the toasted ground walnuts give these cookies quite a boost. 
    Check out this recipe
    Apricot Pistachio Biscotti sit on a white doile on a tin charger.
    Apricot Pistachio Italian Biscotti Recipe
    These Apricot Pistachio Biscotti are festive looking with the green pistachio nuts and vibrant orange apricots.  An uncomplicated recipe with easy to obtain ingredients, these biscotti last a long time in an airtight container. They also ship well. I've made them in a large size as well as mini's which are perfect with a cup of coffee or tea on a cookie tray.
    Check out this recipe
    Haselnussmakronen-German - Hazelnut Macasroons
    Haselnussmakronen! What a mouthful. This German Hazelnut Macaroon is a very simple recipe with a really big reward that you don't want to miss. Six ingredients whipped up in a matter of minutes, baked in practically no time and filled with jam or chocolate will take a cookie tray to new heights.As an added plus, these cookies are naturally gluten free.
    Check out this recipe
    These Hazelnut Macaroons are filled with a raspberry jam ad sit on an antique plate.
    Three different European Nut rolls -n almond, walnut and poppyseed sit on a marble round.
    European Nut Rolls
    This European Nut Roll with Three Fillings is a recipe long in my family.  My parents were from the former Yugoslavia and every household had their own version of the nut roll.  Nut rolls are especially popular during holidays and celebrations in Central Europe.
    Check out this recipe
    Cuccidati
    A favorite Italian Christmas cookie, Cuccidati (coo-cha-dah-tee) is actually easy to make and can be done over a number of days.   The pasta frolla, an Italian pastry, encloses a filling of black mission figs, dates and raisins highlighted with orange and lemon zest finished with rum.  The cookies are glazed and sprinkled with colored nonpareils.
    Check out this recipe
    Three Cuccidati cookes on a white background.
    A wicker basket with a doilie holds black and white glazed Pryaniki cookies.
    Pyraniki - Russian Honey Spice Cookies
    Pryaniki (pre-ah-nee-kee) are honey and spice Russian cookies traditionally served at teas and holidays. These cookies are more cake-like than their German cousins, Pfeffernusse and are finished with a white or chocolate glaze.
    To make your life easier, these cookies can be made, shaped and frozen for up to a month or so before baking and glazing.
    Check out this recipe
    Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls
    These Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls have so much going for them.  Known as Kardemummabullar, the dough is easy to make in the processor or mixer and interestingly has no eggs.  It is wonderfully soft and really easy to roll out.  Any yeast dough is best eaten the day it is made but these are great even the next day.
    Check out this recipe
    A Swedish Cardamom Yeast Rolls is feetured on a white an blue plate.
    Viennese Whirl Cookies are comprised of two cookies filled with a chocolate and strawberry buttercream.
    Viennese Whirl Cookies
    These Viennese Whirl Cookies come to you from......England. I was surprised also. It seems they were thought to look like something that came from Vienna. Whatever was thought about them, they are a stunningly delicious, melt in your mouth cookie with only four ingredients for the basic cookie.
    Check out this recipe

    For more holiday baking inspiration, don't miss these: European Holiday Cookies, Bake and Share Holiday Treats for Gifts, Make Ahead Christmas Morning Bakes for a Stress-Free Holiday

    7 Last-Minute Desserts That Taste like you Planned for Weeks

    Modified: Nov 24, 2024 · Published: Nov 24, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 6 Comments

    A slice of the Apple Crisp Cheesecake sits on a tan oplate with a fork on the plate and a napkin in the background.
    A slice of the Apple Crisp Cheesecake sits on a tan oplate with a fork on the plate and a napkin in the background.
    Non-Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding
    If you're looking for a low stress quickly made holiday dessert this Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding is not to be missed. While often thought of as overwhelmingly sweet, this one is not. The easily made individual sponge cakes are rich, moist, served warm with one of two sauces - traditional Toffee Sauce or a Lemon Rum sauce for a change.
    Check out this recipe
    This photograph shows a sticky toffee pudding enveloped in toffee sauce on a white plate.
    A slice of the Chocolate Coconut Tart sits on a lace edged white plate with a red napkin and a fork behind it.
    No Bake Chocolate Coconut Tart
    The only way to adequately describe this Chocolate Coconut Tart is to think Mounds Bars. This unusual tart comprises a sublime mixture of cream of coconut, white chocolate, a touch of sour cream and a lot of coconut in a chocolate crust. You'll especially like the no bake aspect of making this.
    Check out this recipe
    Apple Crisp Cheesecake
    Apple Crisp Cheesecake says fall to me in a way few other desserts do. You will love the way the oat, walnut, brown sugar and cinnamon crisp goes with the creamy cheesecake under it with the apple filling on top of the graham cracker crust.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Apple Crisp Cheesecake sits on a tan oplate with a fork on the plate and a napkin in the background.
    The Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding is shown partial opened up with a blubeberry sauce dripping down it on a white plate,
    Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding
    This spectacular Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding is based on the Lemon Cheesecake I make at the restaurant. It is extremely popular and very unusual. This version of a bread pudding is very quick and easy to make. The ingredients take a few turns in the processor, are poured over the bread cubes, and into the pans it goes. Not much work at all for this uncommon bread pudding.
    Check out this recipe
    Amazing Banoffee Pie Recipe
    My amazing no bake Banoffee PIe is comprised of a vanilla layer crust, a toffee filling, bananas, and chocolate mousse sprinkled with Heath bar bits, and coffee whipped cream to top it all off. The name of this English dessert comes from either bananas and toffee or bananas and coffee whipped cream which is often used in place of the plain whipped cream.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of Banoffee Pie with coffee whipped cream sits on a white plate.
    A slice of the S'more Tart with it's browned marshmallow topping sits on a brown rimmed plate with a fork and napkin in the background.
    How to Make A S'mores Tart
    How to Make S'mores Tart is more than just one more no bake recipe. It comprises some basic baking elements that you can use over and over. The graham cracker crust and the marshmallow cream (creme or fluff whatever you call it) is so simple to make from scratch you'll wonder why you haven't done it before.
    Check out this recipe
    Orange Date Bread Pudding
    Oranges and Dates are a fantastic combination and never more so than in the Orange Date Bread Pudding with the traditional hard sauce is hard to beat.
    Check out this recipe
    Orange Date Bread Pudding with Hard Sauce drizzled on

    Happy Thanksgiving to all. I have much to be thankful for including the fact you are here. Have a wonderful day.

    Recipes for a Stress-Free Thanksgiving Morning

    Modified: Apr 29, 2026 · Published: Nov 21, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 2 Comments

    A plate of scones with one on top broken open to show the interior of the scone.

    Keep everyone happy and out of the kitchen with these delightful breakfast and brunch treats. These muffins, scones, and coffee cakes can be made ahead, filling your home with wonderful aromas as the turkey roasts.

    A plate of scones with one on top broken open to show the interior of the scone.
    Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Recipe
    These Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones are perfect for breakfast, brunch or snack. Quickly made with tons of warm spices and toasted pecans, these are finished with an orange glaze and pecans and sanding sugar for a bit of crunch.
    Check out this recipe
    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.
    A basket of Cranberry Muffins with one split open on top.
    Cranberry Muffins
    This Cranberry Muffins Recipe is quick to make, celebrates the season with their vibrant color and tart taste. While thought of mostly in the fall and around Thanksgiving, this fruit can be used in its frozen form to great advantage as in this recipe.
    Check out this recipe
    Cinnamon Filled Buttermilk Scones
    Think of these fantastic Cinnamon Filled Buttermilk Scones as sconewiches. Two currant scones are stuffed with a brown sugar and cinnamon filling (think cinnamon rolls) finished with a vanilla glaze. Much quicker than even Cinnamon Bread, these are the perfect touch of sweetness after the holidays.
    Check out this recipe
    A plate of 6 Stuffed Buttermilk Scones on a blue rimmed plate with a multi colored napkin in the background.
    An Orange Macadamia Roll sits on a white plate with a rack of other rolls behind it and a saucer to a coffee cup to the right.
    Orange Macadamia Rolls Recipe
    This Orange Macadamia Rolls Recipe is not to be missed. A tender sour cream yeast dough encloses an orange macadamia filling that's finished with a coffee glaze. The amazing yeast dough goes together quickly and is one of the easiest I've every made. It's basically two steps - mix the liquids and yeast, then add the flour, mix and set it to rise. I can't imagine an easier yeast dough to make. So if you're new or apprehensive about working with yeast, this is the reciope for you
    Check out this recipe
    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins
    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins with pecan streusel couldn't be any easier. Two bowls and a few measuring utensils, a whisk and, a rubber spatula are all that are needed. Combine the dry ingredients in one bowl, the liquid ingredients in another, mix them together, plop them in the cups and into the oven they go.
    Check out this recipe
    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins on a cooling rack with a yellow happy face mug in the background and a blue and yellow towel.
    The open cinnamon crunch roll is on a white plate with flowers on the edge. A plate of rolls is in the background and a blue dotted cup and saucer are on the right.
    Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe
    These really are the Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe. Why? Because I've added a Cinnamon Crunch topping (think Cinnamon Crunch Bagels) which takes this way over the top! Combining these two makes a completely new and different roll that's easy to make.
    Check out this recipe
    Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe
    This super Crunchy Topped Apple Muffin Recipe is not only super easy and fast but one of the best muffins around. The key to these wonders is lots of apples and a really crunchy sugar topping that isn't exactly a crumb but a close cousin you're sure to love.
    Check out this recipe
    A single Crunchy Topped Apple Muffins
    Squares of Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee cake with fresh cranberries and cinnamon sticks.
    Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee Cake
    This Cranberry Pecan Streusel Coffee Cake consists of a sour cream coffee cake riddled with bright red cranberries and topped with a pecan streusel is easy to make and easy to eat.
    Check out this recipe

    For more Thanksgiving inspiration, don't miss these: Thanksgiving Pie and Tart Perfection, A Thanksgiving Roundup, Thanksgiving Recipes from Breakfast to Dessert

    American Pie Crust from Scratch

    Modified: May 17, 2026 · Published: Nov 19, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 22 Comments

    A slice of the American Pie Crust showing off it's flakiness.

    This American Pie Crust From Scratch Tutorial is for beginners as well as seasoned bakers. Many a great cook or baker is still intimidated by a pie crust. Trying to wrangle a few ingredients into a flaky crust that will bake beautifully without sliding down the pan or hold a juicy filling without getting soggy is a challenge and with good reason.

    Follow along in this deep, deep dive into how to make a pie crust from scratch that lets you master this most important element in baking with lots of step by step photos to guide you. But be ready, this challenges many of the most popular recipes but it works!

    A slice of the American Pie Crust showing off it's flakiness.

    Several years ago, Midwest Living magazine asked me to provide a “no fail pie crust”.  The results elicited this comment from the food editor: “We share a test kitchen with Better Homes and Gardens, Traditional Home, Successful Farming, Diabetic Living and more. The staff is educated in food science or through a culinary school. We used your crust for all the pies and they were blown away with the recipe. Not only does it taste great, it was easy to work with. You became a sensation! One of the staffers refuses to make any other crust at home and she’s been on staff for almost 20 years. I hope you feel the love!” I think you will too after making this melt in your mouth crust.

    For More information on how i devised this pie crust please see my white paper

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    How to Make a Pie Crust from Scratch

    Purpose and Kinds of Flour Used

    Many elements go into a pie crust and an understanding of how they work will help allay any misgivings you have. First of all, let’s talk about flour. The type of flour used will determine, almost completely, the outcome of the crust due to the protein count of the gluten.  In making pastry dough, the fat is cut into the flour so that the two proteins in flour, which make up the gluten, cannot come together to link up and form a chain or strand. On the other hand, bread dough is worked vigorously by kneading in order to link the two proteins to form a chain. Whereas the elasticity gained by working the dough is desirable in bread, it is not in pastry, which is why pastry dough is handled and worked as little and as quickly as possible with a lower protein flour.

    Bread flour has the highest percentage of gluten followed, in descending order, by all- purpose flour, pastry flour and cake flour which has the very least. It would seem reasonable that if the lowest amount of protein is desired then cake flour would be the choice.  Using all cake flour does make a very tender crust, however it is rather mealy and without good texture.

    Because pastry flour is not commonly available to the consumer, many recipes combine two thirds all-purpose flour with ⅓ cake flour. While this yields a better crust, reversing it and using a larger amount of cake flour with just a little all-purpose yields the requisite tenderness and flakiness without sacrificing the crispness, texture or strength.  In addition, it can stand a little more handling than crusts made with other flours – a boon to beginners.

    Which Fats Work Best

    The most important item is the fat used. The colder and harder the fat, the flakier the crust. At every point while and after adding the fat, the pastry should be worked quickly and kept cold. Lard, a very hard fat, is advocated by die hard pie crust makers as providing the flakiest crusts. This is true, but its very definite flavor along with its very high cholesterol and the difficulty of finding it in the supermarkets make this the least used choice.

    The second flakiest crust will be obtained with vegetable shortening, as it is 100 percent fat, although not as hard as lard but it doesn't have any flavor. Butter, with a fat content of 75 to 80 percent, will not produce as flaky a crust, but the taste is superior. To maximize flavor and retain flakiness a combination of butter and shortening is used in this recipe. Both are used frozen. Under no circumstances use butter substitutes such as I Can’t Believe it’s Not Butter, etc. They have a lot of water in them that alters the proportions of fat and water.

    Liquids

    Liquids make the dough cohesive. Water, although the main liquid usually used in pie crusts, is not the only one to be considered. Egg and lemon juice play an important part also. Ice cold water is used to slow down the formation of the gluten strands.  Several ice cubes placed in a cup of water 5 to 10 minutes before using are sufficient to chill it. Egg in the crust adds firmness, crispness and color and is particularly good when making pies with juicy fillings. When less than a whole egg is called for, beat a whole egg with a fork until the yolk and white are completely mixed, then measure the amount called for. Lemon juice, because of its acid content, acts as a tenderizer on the gluten. Vinegar can be substituted. I have seen crusts that use vodka but I haven't seen that it substantially improves the crust.

    Measuring

    Measuring the flours is very important to the finished pastry which is why I suggest using a scale. It makes all the difference in the world for consistent outcomes when baking.  As a professional baker, I weigh everything and recommend home bakers do also. If you don't, stir the flour in the bag or canister lightly, dip the cup in and fill to overflowing. With the back of a knife or anything flat, sweep the excess flour off.  Be sure to use a dry measure – one that has no lip on the top.

    Mixing

    At this point you are ready to mix. There are several ways to mix the dough.  But the best way is to use the food processor.  The only caveat is you mustn’t over mix – use pulses as they are easy to control. Frozen butter and shortening are cut into the flours with pulses. You want the pieces to remain the size of peas so when the pastry is rolled out the fat gets trapped between the layers of flour. When it bakes, the fat melts and the steam causes the pastry to puff and become flaky. After the fat is cut in, the liquids are combined and pulsed in until large crumbs are formed.

    The food processor allows you much more control than does a mixer. By using pulses you can more easily control it keeping the butter and shortening in large pea size pieces. It's also easier to keep the gluten in the flour under control and shows you how to make a pie crust from scratch.

    Rolling the Pastry Out

    To roll the pastry, use as little flour as possible. You may think a photo of "lightly floured surface" is ridiculous but I have had students that use so much flour you can't see the surface of the table. Extra flour rolled into the dough at this point will only serve to toughen it.

    To keep a round shape when rolling, roll from the middle out to the edges. If, no matter what you do, the shell does not form a good circle you can help it along.  Cut away the bulging part of the pastry, moisten the edge of the pastry that needs help with water and patch it with the cut piece overlapping to make a seam.  Sprinkle lightly with flour and roll lightly.  The seams will not adhere to each other without the water.

    Roll the pastry into a circle about 12 ½ to 13 inches round for a 9" pie pan. To make sure the pastry fits into the corner of the pan and is not being stretched, ease about one eighth of the pastry at the side of the pan gently toward the middle. Now bring the pastry back to the rim and slide it down the side of the pan so you can see it fits the angle at the bottom.  Continue around the pan in this manner. Trim the overhang a uniform 1 ½". Turn it under and flute the edges if making a single crust. Both a single and double crust are shown below.

    The crust can be baked at this point or it can be frozen for several months. It can also be rolled out flat, frozen, stacked with parchment paper between them and frozen for several months. Simply remove a crust, thaw in the refrigerator and use as directed.

    Baking the Pie Crust

    Baking an empty shell is called “blind” baking the shell. The biggest obstacle here is the tendency towards shrinking when baking. To forestall this, it is necessary to freeze the shell first then weight it. I am always amused by the pictures of a few aluminum weights on the bottom crust or something that looks like a string of beads. These will do nothing to help your cause.

    Line the frozen pie crust with foil that has been sprayed with a releasing agent (do not use parchment paper – it doesn’t have enough strength when removing), lightly pressing it, sprayed side down on bottom of the crust and against the sides letting it stick up over the top. Fill the crust completely to the top with dried beans such as pinto or lima beans. It will take about two pounds of  beans for a nine inch crust.  Preheat the oven to 425°F. Bake for 20 minutes with the beans. Remove the foil and the beans and bake for 15 to 18 minutes more for a full baked crust. It is important for the finished shell to have color so it remains crisp and flaky. Cool the beans completely and store in a covered container to use over and over. I have had mine for years.

    To par bake (or partially) a shell reduce the time after removing the beans to about 10 to 12 minutes. The crust should be firm but not browned as for the fully baked crust. This crust is used when it will be filled and baked again. Be sure to cover the edges of the crust after it is filled and before it goes into the oven. Be sure to change the oven temperature to whatever your filling suggests.

    Anytime a pie is going to bake for 30 to 40 minutes the crust should be par baked.

    Cover the Edges Before Baking

    If you are baking a pie longer than 30 to 40 minutes, the edges need to be covered or they will become overly brown. It is much safer to do this before baking instead of waiting until it is halfway or more done then trying to cover it while hot. After the top is put on the pie, simply tear off strips of foil about 3 inches wide and cover the edges. These are left on for about half the baking time and then removed so these edges can bake also.

    Choice of Pie Pans or Plates

    The color of the pans will alter the baking times.  I see mostly dark ware for consumers these days, very little aluminum. Dark metal or glass pie pans require a twenty five degree reduction in heat in order not to over brown or burn. My preference is aluminum or glass.

    Amount of Filling for 9" Pie Pans

    To figure out how much filling you need, a standard pie pan requires about 6 cups of fruit, plus sugar and thickeners. The deep dish pie pans require about 8 cups of fruit plus sugar and thickeners.

    By following the steps you see here, you will be assured your pie crusts will be fast, flaky, fantastic and fail-proof because you learned how to make a pie crust from scratch.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Ingredients for the American Pie Crust include cake flour, all-purpose flour, salt, unsaltedbutter, shortening, beaten egg, lemon juice and ice water.

    FRONT ROW: Salt, egg, lemon juice

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter, shortening (such as crisco)

    BACK ROW: Cake Flour, ice water, all-purpose flour

    Key Ingredients

    • Cake flour is essential in this recipe.
    • A bit of all-purpose flour boosts the strength and stability of the cake flour
    • Unsalted butter is used. If salted butter is used reduce the salt by ⅓.
    • Shortening, such as crisco, is used to ensure maximum flakiness. All butter can be substituted but it may not be as flaky. It will also soften faster when working with it.
    • Freezing both the butter and the shortening is necessary to ensure visible pieces of each will be visible so these will melt and cause the flakiness.
    • Ice water is necessary to keep the dough as cold as possible.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Make sure the butter and shortening are frozen before proceeding.

    Making the Crust

    The first collage hows the two flours blended in the processor, the frozen butter is added, then processed leaving large chunks followed by the addition of the frozen shortening.

    Step 1. Combine the flours in the bowl of a processor and pulse several times. Step 2. Step 2. Add the frozen butter. Step 3. Pulse a few times to break it up in large clumps. Step 4. Add the frozen shortening.

    This collage shows the egg beaten, poured over the ingredients in the processor, processed to large pieces and poured out onto a work surface.

    Step 5. Beat the egg to until completely combined. Combine the the 2 tablespoons egg, lemon juice and water. Step 2. Pour it in a circle over the processor contents. Step 7. Pulse until large clumps of dough form. Do not over process. Step 8. Pour it out onto a work surface. Note: One of my long time readers came up with an alternative way to add the liquid that worked better for her. After cutting in the butter and shortening, she removed everything to a large bowl. Then added the liquids and stirred them in by hand to prevent the butter and shortening from being cut into too small of pieces.

    This collage shows the dough pushed together, fattened into a round circle, wrapped in plastic wrap and the surface lightly dusted with flour.

    Step 9. Push the dough together in a cohesive block. Step 10. Knead it several times and shape it into a round 1" thick. Here you can plainly see butter pieces in the dough. Step 11. Wrap it in plastic wrap and refrigerate a minimum of 2 hours or overnight. Step 12. Lightly flour your work area. It may seem unnecessary to show you this, but I have seen people really heavily cover their surfaces with flour. All of that flour going into your crust will toughen it and inhibit the flakiness.

    Rolling the American Pie Crust Out

    This collage shows the dough in a round, flattened with a rolling pin, rolled out and trimmed.

    Step 13. Remove the dough round from the fridge and place it on the lightly floured surface. Step 14. With a rolling pin, press the dough down in 3 or 4 places to make rolling out easier. Step 15. Roll the dough out to about 13" for a 9" pie pan. Step 16. This is an optional step, but I place a 12 inch cardboard on my rolled out dough and then cut it slightly larger to ensure a 13" round. This makes a uniform amount of dough being turned under at the edge.

    This collages shows the dough being transferred to the pie plate, being secured to the sides of the plate, and the edges tucked under.

    Step 17. Pick the crust up by slicing both hands under the crust and transferring it to the pie plate making sure it is evenly set in. While I do this with my hands, you can also roll the dough loosely around a rolling pin and simply unroll it in the plate. Step 18. Going around the edge of the pan, pull the dough back and make sure it is securely seated to the edge. Step 19. Press it lightly against the side and the bottom. Step 20. Tuck the overhang under the top edge of the crust.

    Blind Baking a Single Crust

    This shows how to make a single, blind baked crust by fluting the edges of the crust, lining it with foil and filling it with beans and the baked crust.

    Step 21. Flute the edges of the crust by placing your finger on the inside of the crust and pinching it from the outside or however you wish. Step 22. Go around the entire edge to finish the crust. I do not dock mine with a fork. Freeze the crust until it is rock hard. Step 23. To keep the crust from sliding down the side of the pie plate, spray a large piece of foil with a non-stick baking release and place it, sprayed side down, onto the crust. Make sure the foil fits well into the edges of the crust. Fill it to the top completely with beans or rice. Step 24. Bake as called for removing the foil and beans about half way through to allow the crust to bake completely.

    Double Crusted Pie

    This collage shows a double crusted pie with two rounds of dough, the filling being covered, the edges turned under and fluted.

    Step 25. Divide the dough as called for. Step 26. Roll the crust into a 13" round as above and place it evenly in the pie plate as for the single crust. Step 26. Roll the top crust about 12" round. Wet the overhang on the bottom crust and place the top crust on. Step 27. Press the two edges together. The water will seal the top and bottom edges. Turn them under. Step 28. Flute the edges as above or however you please.

    The last collage shows the top of the crust being egg washed, a vent cut in the top, the edges wrapped and the baked pie.

    Step 29. Brush the top of the crust with a beaten egg for a beautiful top. Step 30.Cut a vent or vents into the top of the pie. This will prevent the crust from splitting on its own. Sprinkle the pie with sanding sugar for a sparkly look. Step 31. Place the finished pie on a foil lined baking sheet to catch any drips. This is one of the most important steps. Cover only the edges of the pie with foil before it goes into the oven. They will over bake and burn with the long baking time needed if not protected. By covering them now and removing the foil half way through, you don't have to take the pie out of the oven and cover them when the pie is hot. We used this method at the bakery. Step 32. This is your pie, beautifully golden brown with a flaky crust that you will be proud to serve. BhuBBhuB= srBuBBuBuBiB sr SaveSaveSaveSave

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Why do many pie recipes bake first at a higher temperature, then lower it?

    This helps in a couple of ways. One it helps bake the bottom crust and secondly, the burst of hot heat starts the butter and/or shortening to melt fast and start the layers separating for a flaky crust. The temperature is then lowered to finish the baking.

    Why do lard and shortening make the flakiest crusts?

    Because they are all fat. Butter contains water so it doesn't have as high a percentage as the lard and shortening.

    Can all butter be substituted for the lard or fat?

    If a recipe calls for both butter and another shortening, then yes it can be made with all butter but it may not be as flaky and tender.

    Make Ahead, Storage and Freezing

    The crusts can be made ahead frozen at several different times for several months. When it is initially made into the 1" round, when it is rolled out or when it is in the pie plate. If more than one crust is frozen when rolled out, separate with parchment paper. If frozen in the pie plate it is safest to use a metal pan or make sure the glass pie plate will go from freezer to oven safely. In any case, freeze the crusts hard, then wrap well in foil or place in freezer proof bags. If frozen flat, thaw in the fridge for the best result.

    Expert Tips

    • Everything should be worked cold - the butter, shortening, egg and water.
    • I don't poke holes in the unbaked crusts to prevent liquids from escaping through them. If bubbles do pop up, I simple flatten them.
    • If a crust is to be par baked, that means only bake it partially. It will finish in the oven after the filling is added. It needs to be weighted down with beans or rice.
    • A blind baked crust is one that is fully baked and weighted down half way through baking.
    • The tray with the pie can be placed on the lowest rack in the oven to ensure the bottom bakes.
    • The egg wash on top is optional but makes for the best looking pies.

    SaveSave

    Slice of a double crusted pie on a gold and white plate.

    More Wonderful Pies with an American Pie Crust

    • Finished Photo
      Lemon Meringue Pie
    • A slice of Dutch Peach Pie on a white lace plate with a fork beside it.
      Dutch Peach Pie
    • A meringue topped coconut cream pie in a glass pie pan with plates and forks beside it.
      Coconut Cream Pie with a Difference
    • Double Banana Cream Pie with plates and cups and saucers.
      Double Banana Caramel Cream Pie

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    A slice of the American Pie Crust showing off it's flakiness.

    American Pie Crust Tutorial

    Helen S. Fletcher
    This American Pie Crust Tutorial shows you how to wrangle a few ingredients into a flaky crust that will bake beautifully without sliding down the pan or hold a juicy filling without getting soggy with just a few ingredients you probably have in your pantry and fridge.
    4.86 from 7 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 30 minutes mins
    Cook Time 40 minutes mins
    Chilling & Freezing time 2 hours hrs 45 minutes mins
    Total Time 3 hours hrs 55 minutes mins
    Course Pie Crust
    Cuisine American

    Equipment

    • 9" Pie plate
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Single American Pie Crust

    • 1 ¾ cups cake flour (180 grams)
    • ½ cup all-purpose flour (70grams)
    • ¾ teaspoon table salt
    • 6 tablespoons unsalted butter (85 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons shortening (45 grams)
    • 2 tablespoons beaten egg
    • 1 teaspoon lemon juice
    • 5 tablespoons ice water

    Double American Pie Crust

    • 2 ¼ cup cake flour (280 grams)
    • ⅔ cup all-purpose flour (95 grams)
    • 1 ¼ teaspoon table salt
    • 9 tablespoons unsalted butter (130 grams)
    • ¼ cup shortening (60 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons beaten egg
    • 1 ½ teaspoons lemon juice
    • 8 to 9 tablespoons ice water

    Instructions
     

    Single American Pie Crust

    • Cut the butter into tablespoons size pieces and cut those in half. Freeze until rock hard.
    • Measure the shortening in tablespoons and freeze those until they are rock hard also.
    • Combine the cake. all-purpose flour and salt in the bowl of a food processor. Pulse several times to mix well.
    • Place the frozen butter over the flours. Pulse several times to cut the butter into large chunks.
    • Add the frozen shortening. Pulsing the processor, cut in until the butter and shortening are the size of large peas. Do not over process. Use short bursts.
    • Combine the egg, lemon juice and water. Pour it in a circle over th e processor contents. Pulse until it forms small clumps in the bowl. Note: One of my long time readers came up with an alternative way to add the liquid that worked better for her. After cutting in the butter and shortening, she removed everything to a large bowl. Then added the liquids and stirred them in by hand to prevent the butter and shortening from being cut into too small of pieces.
    • Pour it onto a lightly floured work surface. Push the clumps together to form a cohesive mass.
    • Knead it 4 or 5 times to forma dough. Pat into a circle about 1" thick. Wrap in plastic warp and refrigerate a minimum of 2 hours or overnight.
    • Preheat the oven to 425°F.
    • Roll the dough into a circle about 13 ½" for a 9" pie pan. The easiest way to do this is to roll the dough from the center to the outside. Go around the entire circle of dough this way. Trim to a 13" circle.
    • Pick this up by sliding both hands under the crust and lifting it into the pie plate. It can also be rolled up on a rolling pin and unrolled in the pie plate. Position it so it is even in the plate. There will be a 1" overhang.
    • Turn the overhang underneath the dough at the edge. Flute the edge as shown or as you please. I do not make holes with a fork.
    • Fill and bake as your recipe requires.

    To Blind Bake a Crust which is to bake it empty.

    • After the crust has been completed in the pie plate freeze it until it is rock hard.
    • When ready to bake, spray a large piece of foil with a non-stick baking release. Place it, sprayed side down into the crust shaping it to fit. Do not use parchment paper as it can break when you have to remove the weights.
    • Fill it to the top with beans or rice which I favor over the marble like pie weights and I think they are too heavy and can mark the crust.
    • Bake for 20 minutes with the beans. Remove the beans by bringing the four corners of the foil together and lifting it out. Return the crust to the oven and bake or about 15 to 18 minutes more until evenly browned and baked through.
    • Cool and fill as desired.

    Double Crusted American Pie

    • Divide the dough into two pieces. One about 400 grams and the other 200 grams. Form each int a round about 1" thick. Wrap in plastic wrap and chill for about 2 hours or overnight.
    • Roll the larger amount of pastry as above for the single crust but do not flute the edge.
    • Fill the pastry as desired.
    • Roll the smaller piece into a 12" circle. Wet the overhanging edge of the bottom pastry with water. Place the 12" circle on top and press the edges slightly together. Tuck the overhang underneath and flute the edge.
    • Cut vents in the top.
    • Brush with a beaten egg and sprinkle with sanding sugar.
    • Line a rimmed baking sheet with foil. Place the pie on it. This will make clean up easy if the filling goes over te edge while baking.
    • To prevent the edges from browning too much or burning, it is easier to cover them with foil before you bake than halfway through when it is hot. We did this at the bakery. Halfway through baking we removed the foil from the edges and after baking they were the same color as the rest of the crust. Tear off 3 pieces of foil about 4" wide. Place them over the fluted edges of the crust, covering them front and back.
    • Bake as directed in your recipe.
    • Allow the pie to cool on a cooling rack before serving or freezing.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _________________________________________________
    Everything should be worked cold - the butter, shortening, egg and water.
    I don't poke holes in the unbaked crusts to prevent liquids from escaping through them. It also keeps them from becoming flaky. If bubbles do pop up, I simple flatten them. 
    If a crust is to be par baked, that means only bake it partially. It will finish in the oven after the filling is added. It needs to be weighted down with beans or rice. 
    A blind baked crust is one that is fully baked and weighted down half way through baking.
    The tray with the pie can be placed on the lowest rack in the oven to ensure the bottom bakes. 
    The egg wash on top is optional but makes for the best looking pies.
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Thanksgiving Pie and Tart Perfection

    Modified: Nov 18, 2025 · Published: Nov 17, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    A slice of the pumpkin tart finished with a lattice design and whipped cream sits on a white plate with an orange and green gourd behind it as well as the pumpkin tart itself

    The countdown to Thanksgiving is on! A show stopping dessert is a must, and these pies and tarts have something for everyone. From classic pumpkin to decadent chocolate pecan, find the perfect recipe to complete your feast.

    A slice of the pumpkin tart finished with a lattice design and whipped cream sits on a white plate with an orange and green gourd behind it as well as the pumpkin tart itself
    Butter Rum Pecan Tart Recipe
    This Butter-Rum Pecan Tart  is just the easy Thanksgiving desert you're looking for. Fresh pecans abound and are perfect for the amazingly easy pastry tart shell. Golden syrup and a bit of dark rum accentuates the flavor of the toasted nuts for an unbeatable combination that is sure to find a place in your repertoire.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of Butter Rum Pecan Tart on a plate with whipped cream to the side.
    A slice of the pumpkin tart finished with a lattice design and whipped cream sits on a white plate with an orange and green gourd behind it as well as the pumpkin tart itself
    Almost No Bake Pumpkin tart
    I don't know how to make an easier dessert than this No Bake Pumpkin Tart.  It takes almost no time and can be made by seasoned bakers as well as beginning bakers with ease. If time is your problem, this is your dessert.
    Check out this recipe
    Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust
    Cranberries and apples are the perfect combination for this pie in a freeform crust that is easy to shape and will have your guests asking for more.
    Check out this recipe
    Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust ready to eat.
    Chocolate Caramel Pecan Tart
    Chocolate Caramel Pecan Pie
    This Chocolate Caramel Pecan Tart is a twist on the traditional pecan pie and is the perfect tart to sit next to a pumpkin pie for Thanksgiving. The toasted pecans are sandwiched between a deep chocolate ganache and a homemade caramel, which is very easy to make.
    Check out this recipe
    Caramel Apple Tart
    Caramel Apple Tart is everything you would want in an apple dessert.  Full of apples, spices, brown sugar and brandy, it's covered with walnut streusel and caramel. This was a fall favorite with my clientele at the bakery.
    Check out this recipe
    Slice of Caramel Apple Tart
    Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart
    Pumpkin Cheesecake tart with Caramel Rum Sauce
    This Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart with Caramel Rum Sauce is ease personified in baking. The simple Caramel Rum Sauce can be made weeks ahead and refrigerated. The Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart has a graham cracker crust n and filled with a cream cheese mixture alternated with a pumpkin mixture which are swirled together.
    Check out this recipe
    Cinnamon Whiskey Apple Tart
    An unusual combination of apples, cinnamon whiskey and white balsamic vinegar in a simple to make Pâté Sucrée crust make for one fantastic dessert.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Cinnamon Whiskey Apple Tart with ice cream on a plate.
    Cranberry Linzer Tart
    Make Ahead Cranberry Linzer Tart
    Cranberry Linzer Tart with its bright deep red, vibrant,  cranberry filling is a variation of the Viennese Linzer Tart with raspberry filling.  The spiced Linzer pastry is a perfect partner with the cranberries.   It is best made ahead so the flavors can blend making this a natural for the holiday season.  It can also be baked and frozen until needed.
    Check out this recipe
    Honey Thyme Apple tart
    This Honey Thyme Apple Tart is a simple tart that uses brown sugar, honey, and thyme to accentuate the apples.
    Check out this recipe
    Honey Thyme Apple Tart
    A slice of the Apple Crisp Cheesecake sits on a tan oplate with a fork on the plate and a napkin in the background.
    Apple Crisp Cheesecake
    You will love the way the oat, walnut, brown sugar and cinnamon crisp goes with the creamy cheesecake under it with the apple filling on top of the graham cracker crust for this one of a kind cheesecake.
    Check out this recipe

    Unforgettable Breads to Bake and Share

    Modified: Apr 30, 2026 · Published: Nov 14, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · Leave a Comment

    Pumpkin Dinner Rolls along with their pearl sugared breakfast rolls.

    There's nothing quite like the satisfaction of a freshly baked loaf or rolls. From savory popovers to sweet, swirled babka, these incredible easy bread recipes are surprisingly simple and guaranteed to impress your family and friends.

    Pumpkin Dinner Rolls and Breakfast Rolls out of one recipe
    Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread Recipe
    This is definitely a treat for anyone who loves chocolate - two different chocolates including a chocolate crumb topping and Dutch cocoa for the most chocolatey taste and look.
    Check out this recipe
    Several slices of Chocolate Cranberry Bread sists on a cream colored plate surrounded by Muffins, cranberries, a teal colored napkin, cup and saucer and a miniature pumpkin gourd.
    A single Cheddar Bacon Popover in it's pan sits on a cooling rack.
    Cheddar Bacon Popovers
    This Cheddar Bacon Popovers Recipe will be the easiest you will ever make. There is easy and then there is POPOVER EASY! All of the ingredients, except the cheese and bacon go into a processor or blender and that's pretty much it. Process or blend, portion out the bacon, pour the batter over, sprinkle with cheese and in the oven they go.
    Check out this recipe
    Chocolate Babka Recipe
    My Chocolate Babka Recipe is a visually stunning sweet bread that has a couple of tips to help you shape this marvelous filled yeast dough. For the chocolate filling, I simply used Nutella to highlight the sweet dough for an unparalleled treat that is easier to make than it looks. 
    Check out this recipe
    Slices of English Muffin Bread on a white plate with orange juice, honey and jam with a blue and white napkin in the background.
    English MuffinBread
    Easy English Muffin Bread is possibly the easiest, fastest bread you can make. But the best part is its chewy texture and it tastes just like an English muffin. Slice and toast and you have a breakfast, brunch or an anytime treat.
    Check out this recipe
    Outback Steakhouse Bread
    This incredibly easy Outback Steakhouse Bread dark with honey, molasses, whole wheat and bread flour has become a staple in my house due to its fantastic flavor and soft texture.
    Check out this recipe
    Different ways to shape the Outback Steakhouse Bread are shown.
    Pumpkin Dinner Rolls and Breakfast Rolls out of one recipe
    Pumpkin Dinner Rolls Two Ways
    These Pumpkin Dinner Rolls Two Ways with their subtle spicing are an easy recipe that take no time to make but yield great taste. This make ahead, foolproof dough can go from dinner roll to breakfast roll with the addition of one ingredient.
    Check out this recipe
    Super Fast and Easy Brioche Rolls
    These updated, super-fast, and easy Brioche Rolls are the perfect complement to any special dinner and never more so than during the holidays.  When I say super easy, I mean super easy.  Just a quick turn in a food processor and the dough is are ready to rise.
    Check out this recipe
    Two Brioche Rolls are on a plate with a jar of jam.

    If you love baking breads and rolls, you'll also enjoy these: Rye Raisin Bread with Bakery-Style Flavor, Best Cinnamon Crunch Rolls Recipe, German Chocolate Sweet Rolls

    Fill Your Home With Autumn Baking

    Modified: Apr 30, 2026 · Published: Nov 10, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 1 Comment

    A slice of the Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake sits on a yellow rimmed plate with a napkin in the back ground.

    Get a head start on the season with these totally autumn recipes that are perfect for a chilly weekend. These recipes are filled with all the classic fall flavors like pumpkin, apple, and warm spices that will have everyone asking for more.

    A slice of the Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake sits on a yellow and blue rimmed plate with a multi-colored napkin and mug in the background.
    Pumpkin Mousse Torte Recipe
    This Pumpkin Mousse Torte is an exciting change of pace for Thanksgiving dessert....and it can be made ahead of time.
    Check out this recipe
    A singles slice of the torte sits on a cream colored plate rimmed in beige and sliver.
    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.
    Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Reco[e
    These Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones are perfect for breakfast, brunch or snack. Quickly made with tons of warm spices and toasted pecans, these are finished with an orange glaze and pecans and sanding sugar for a bit of crunch.
    Check out this recipe
    Apple Spice Bundt Cake
    What if I were to tell you this Apple Spice Bundt Cake is as easy to make as falling off a log? What's more it has no apples to peel, core and slice and features a secret ingredient. Finished with a Caramel Cream Cheese Frosting, this cake is filled with the warm spices of fall and is sure to be your newest fall cake.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Caramel Apple Spiced Cake sits on a white plate with colored leaves with an apple, plaid napkin and the cake in the background.
    A slice of Butter Rum Pecan Tart on a plate with whipped cream to the side.
    Butter Rum Pecan Tart
    This Butter-Rum Pecan Tart screams fall is just about here. Fresh pecans abound and are perfect for the amazingly easy pastry tart shell. Golden syrup and a bit of dark rum accentuates the flavor of the toasted nuts for an unbeatable combination that is sure to find a place in your repertoire.
    Check out this recipe
    Apple Caramel Hand Pies
    These Apple Caramel Hand Pies feature my Amazing Pastry Dough Recipe that mimics puff pastry without all the fuss. There are no butter blocks to contend with, no butter breaking through and not worries. With apple season just around the corner, what could be better than caramels and apples enclosed in a flaky pastry?
    Check out this recipe
    Two golden half moon hand pies with slits showing the apple filling sit on an Irish decorated platter.
    Pumpkin Muffins on a cooling rack with a blue and yellow cloth and yellow smiley face tea cup,,
    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins
    Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins with pecan streusel couldn't be any easier. Two bowls and a few measuring utensils, a whisk and, a rubber spatula are all that are needed. Combine the dry ingredients in one bowl, the liquid ingredients in another, mix them together, plop them in the cups and into the oven they go.
    Check out this recipe
    Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake
    This Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake is the perfect cake for crumb lovers. The ratio of crumbs to cake is almost equal and that's my type of coffee cake. A river of cinnamon apples runs through a sour cream coffee cake that stays softly delicious for days under a cake cover.
    Check out this recipe
    A slice of the Apple Cinnamon Coffee Cake sits on a yellow and blue rimmed plate with a multi-colored napkin and mug in the background.
    Cinnamon Bun Apple Pie slice on a plate with the pie plate in the background.
    Cinnamon Bun Apple Pie
    Apple pies scream autumn and this one has a unique cinnamon bun topping. Here you find the classic apple pie topped with a cinnamon bun topping. It's a fun twist on a great dessert.
    Check out this recipe

    If you love autumn baking, you'll also enjoy these: Irish Apple Cake, (Almost) No Bake Pumpkin Tart, Pumpkin Cheesecake with Salted Caramel Sauce, Pumpkin Cake Doughnuts, Apple Fritters with Speculaas Spice

    Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread Recipe

    Modified: Apr 23, 2026 · Published: Nov 7, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 9 Comments

    Several slices of Chocolate Cranberry Bread sists on a cream colored plate surrounded by Muffins, cranberries, a teal colored napkin, cup and saucer and a miniature pumpkin gourd.

    Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread is not only variable but can be stashed in the freezer for a quick addition to breakfast, brunch or snacking. This is definitely a treat for anyone who loves chocolate - two different chocolates including a chocolate crumb topping and Dutch cocoa for the most chocolatey taste and look.

    Several slices of Chocolate Cranberry Bread sists on a cream colored plate surrounded by Muffins, cranberries, a teal colored napkin, cup and saucer and a miniature pumpkin gourd.

    This recipe has been updated with new photography as well as step by step instructions. In addition to the quick bread, it makes great muffins.

    Other great quick breads include: Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Recipe, Cream Biscuits, Best Two Step Banana Bread, Cinnamon Filled Buttermilk Scones, and Heavenly French Toast with Blueberry Compote.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Baking Pans

    Baking pans are not all created equal. Thicker pans will often take a bit longer to bake than lighter ones. Color is also important. The darker the color the quicker the product will brown. So if a recipe is not fully baked within the time given, just add a few minutes to the baking time until it tests done. Conversely, if baking in a dark pan, check the item sooner. All of this depends upon the temperature of your oven being correct. For more in-depth information on the materials used and it affects baking, see my post Baking Pans.

    Looking for more amazing bread recipes? Check out Unforgettable Breads to Bake and Share.

    What makes this bread intriguing

    • There are two classic flavors in this recipe. Chocolate with orange and cranberries with orange. When you combine all of these flavors it can't be anything but a hit!
    • The cranberries are used raw and frozen so there is no cooking involved.
    • It's really easy to make.
    • The recipe is straight forward and quick to make.
    • This is a flavor combination that is sure to please.
    • It works for a loaf of bread or muffins. Take your pick.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Chocolate Crumbs

    The ingredients for the chocolate crumbs are unsalted butter, brown sugar, cake flour, cocoa, cinnamon and salt,

    FRONT ROW: Cinnamon, table salt

    MIDDLE ROW: Unsalted butter, cocoa

    BACK ROW: Brown sugar, all-purpose flour

    Chocolate Cranberry Bread

    The ingredients for the Chocolate Cranberry Bread include, semisweet chocolate, unsalted butter, cranberries, all-purpose flour, cocoa, baking power, baking soda ,eggs, granulated sugar, orange zest, sour cream, vanilla, chocolate chunks.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla, baking soda, orange zest, baking powder

    SECOND ROW: Cinnamon, unsalted butter, sour cream

    THIRD ROW: Chocolate Chunks, granulated sugar, semisweet chocolate

    BACK ROW: Eggs, all-purpose flour, frozen cranberries

    Key Ingredients

    • Orange Zest can be had with 1 large orange. Navel oranges are usually best as they yield more zest and it is sometimes dryer. A bit more or less is fine. When zesting, be sure not to go too deep. You do not want to include the pith as it can be bitter. Using a microplaner is preferred to a box grater. Do not use juice oranges. They don't yield as much zest.
    • I used Dutch cocoa for its mellow flavor and the darker finish to the bread. It's also important because of the increased amount of baking powder over baking soda.
    • Dark Brown Sugar adds an intensity to the chocolate bread. Light brown can be substituted if necessary.
    • Sour Cream adds moisture and flavor to the bread.
    • There are two types of chocolate used. Chocolate chunks are used to intensify the depth of chocolate. Chocolate chips can be subbed. The second is semisweet chocolate.
    • Semisweet chocolate provides the base for the chocolate. Chocolate chips should not but used here as they don't have the depth of flavor as does unadulterated semisweet chocolate. The chocolate I use is Callebaut #811 Chocolate Callets. Although they look like chips they are pure chocolate.
    • The cranberries must be frozen for this recipe to work. They should be frozen hard then coarsely chopped in the food processor and incorporated at once into the batter. Used this way they will not add any liquid to the batter when baked.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Be sure the cranberries are solidly frozen before proceeding.

    This collages shows the frozen cranberries in the processor, processed into pieces, the dry ingredients for the chocolate crumbs in the processor, and the butter added,.

    Step 1. Place the frozen cranberries in the bowl of a processor. Step 2. Process briefly with pulses into large, small and some whole cranberries. Transfer the cranberries to a bowl and place in the freezer.  Step 3. Place all the dry ingredients for the chocolate crumbs in a processor bowl. Process to mix. Step 4. Add the butter to the processor in a circle over the dry ingredients. Process briefly to bring the ingredients together. Pulse with long pulses until it forms crumbs. Be patient and scrape down. Make quicker pulses as it starts to come together. Do not over process or it will form a paste.

    The crumbs are on a sheet tray, an orange is zested, teh butter and chocolate are in a bowl to be microwaved and the chocolate/butter mixture is smooth and liqud

    Step 5. Pour the crumbs onto a quarter sheet pan and refrigerate while proceeding. Step 6. Zest the orange. Do not go too far into the pith or it will be bitter. I like to use a microplaner instead of a box grater. Navel oranges yield more zest than juice oranges. Step 7. Place the butter and semisweet chocolate together in a microwave bowl. Microwave on half power until the chocolate appears shiny and the butter is melted. Step 8. Whisk together. If chocolate is not completely melted, let it sit for a couple of minutes and whisk again. If still not smooth briefly microwave at half power again.

    The flour, cocoa, baking powder and baking soda are in a bowl, the sifted with lumps of cocoa in a strainer, the dry ingredients mixed and the eggs, granulated sugar and orange zest in a mixer bowl.

    Step 9. Combine the flour, cocoa, baking powder and baking soda together. Step 10. Sift the mixture over waxed paper. Cocoa often has lumps in it that will not break down with just whisking it together. Push the lumps through with a spoon. Step 11. Whisk together. Step 12. Place the eggs, granulated sugar and orange zest in the bowl of a mixer. 

    This collage shows the eggs, granulated sugar and orange rind mixed in the bowl, the sour cream and vanilla added, then mixed anf finally the chocolate/butter added.

    Step 13. Mix until thoroughly combined. This took about 3 minutes on medium in my Breville. Scrape down as needed. Step 14. Add the sour cream and vanilla. Step 15. Beat on low until completely combined, scraping down as needed. Step 16. Add the cooled chocolate/butter mixture.

    The frozen cranberries are in the processor bowl, processed to make a variety of sizes, then they are added with the chocolate chunks to the batter and mixed in on low.

    Step 17. Mix on low until combined, scraping as needed. Step 18. Add all the flour and once and beat on low to combine. Step 19. Add the cranberries and chocolate chunks into the batter. Step 19. Beat until combined.

    The final collage shows the tray of crumbs and the bowl of batter, a loaf pan with the batter and crumbs on top, 3 muffins and the baked quick bread and muffins.

    Step 21. Have the crumbs and batter ready. Step 22. Place a parchment liner on the bottom of the pan and spray the entire pan, including the parchment with a non-stick baking release. Fill the loaf pan about with about ¾ of the batter or 915 grams. Top with about ¾ of the crumbs or 170 grams. Step 23. Line three jumbo muffin pans with paper cups and divide the remainder of the batter between them. Top with the crumbs. Step 24. Bake as directed.

    Recipe FAQS

    Can dried cranberries be used instead of fresh?

    Not for this recipe. It is important to use the fresh cranberries so they can be frozen and chopped. They also taste differently than dried cranberries as their flavor is concentrated due to drying.

    What is the difference between quick breads and yeast breads?

    Quick breads use baking soda and baking powder which are chemical leavening agents for quick breads. They will cause the bread to rise quickly, hence the word quick breads. While yeast also leavens bread, it is a much slower process resulting in a different outcome.

    What are some other quick breads?

    Banana Bread, Zucchini Bread, Cheddar Cheese, Carrot Bread, Soda Bread. Also, muffins, pancakes, waffles, scones, popovers, tortillas and cornbread are all considered quick breads.

    Expert Tips

    • The cranberries have to be frozen before chopping and incorporated from the frozen state.
    • Both semisweet chocolate and chocolate chunks are used. Chocolate chips can be substituted for the chocolate chunks if necessary.
    • Dutch chocolate is used for its dark color and mellow taste. I don't suggest using natural cocoa as it requires different amounts of the leavening agents.
    • Six regular size muffins can be made instead of the larger ones.
    Several slices of Chocolate Cranberry Bread sists on a cream colored plate surrounded by Muffins, cranberries, a teal colored napkin, cup and saucer and a miniature pumpkin gourd.

    Other Tasty Quick Breads You Will Enjoy

    • Buttermilk flatbreds on a colorful plate with a bowl of salsa.
      Buttermilk Flatbreads
    • A single Cheddar Bacon Popover in it's pan sits on a cooling rack.
      Cheddar Bacon Popovers Recipe
    • This photo shows an open cranberry vanilla muffin sitting on top of more muffins.
      Cranberry Muffins Recipe
    • Apple Fritters with Speculass Spice
      Apple Fritters with Speculaas Spice

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Several slices of Chocolate Cranberry Bread sists on a cream colored plate surrounded by Muffins, cranberries, a teal colored napkin, cup and saucer and a miniature pumpkin gourd.

    Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    Chocolate Cranberry Quick Bread is definitely a treat for anyone who loves chocolate - two different chocolates including a chocolate crumb topping and Dutch cocoa for the most chocolatey taste and look.
    No ratings yet
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 45 minutes mins
    Cook Time 25 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 10 minutes mins
    Course Quick Bread
    Cuisine American
    Servings 12 servings
    Calories 482 kcal

    Equipment

    • 9x5 loaf pan and a regular size muffin pan or jumbo muffin pan.
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Chocolate Crumbs

    • 6 tablespoons butter, cold (90 grams)
    • ½ cup brown sugar (100 grams)
    • ¾ cup cake flour (100 grams)
    • 3 tablespoons Dutch cocoa (14 grams)
    • ¾ teaspoon cinnamon
    • ⅓ teaspoon salt

    Chocolate Cranberry Bread

    • 6 ounces semisweet chocolate (170 grams)
    • ½ cup unsalted butter (114 grams or 1 stick)
    • 2 cups frozen cranberries (200 grams)
    • 1 ¾ cups all-purpose flour (245 grams)
    • ¼ cup Dutch cocoa (23 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • 3 large eggs
    • ¾ cup granulated sugar (150 grams)
    • Zest 1 large orange
    • ¾ cup sour cream (170 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla (McCormick is fine ])
    • ½ cup chocolate chunks (85 grams)

    Instructions
     

    Chocolate Crumb Topping

    • Cut the cold butter into pieces.
    • Place the dry ingredients in the processor bowl and pulse several times to mix.
    • Circle the cold butter over the dry ingredients and pulse the processor until crumbs form. Do not be impatient and to not over process or you will have a paste. Refrigerate while you make the batter.

    Chocolate Cranberry Bread

    • Due to the fact this is a very heavy batter, use a regular paddle attachment and not a scraper attachment if you have one.
    • Preheat the oven to 325°F. Line the bottom of a 9x5 loaf pan with parchment paper. Spray the pan, including the parchment with a non-stick baking release. Set aside.
    • Cut the chocolate in small pieces. Melt the butter and chocolate in the top of a double boiler or in the microwave at half power until the chocolate is shiny and the butter is melted. Whisk to smooth out. If there is any unmelted chocolate, let it sit for a few minutes and whisk again. If there are still a few, briefly microwave and whisk.
    • Wipe out the processor bowl and add the frozen cranberries. They must be frozen hard. Pulse to coarsely chop them but don't get them too small. There should be large pieces or even some whole cranberries. Place in the freezer while you finish the batter.
    • Whisk together the flour, cocoa, baking powder, and baking soda. It's best at this point to place the mixture in a strainer to make sure there are no lumps of cocoa left. If there are, push them through with a spoon. Mix well.
    • Place the eggs, granulated sugar and orange zest in the bowl of a mixer. Beat until completely combined, scraping down as necessary. It took about 3 minutes in my Breville on medium.
    • Add the sour cream and vanilla, mixing well, followed by the chocolate/butter. Mix well and scrape down.
    • Add the dry ingredients and mix on low. When most of the flour has been mixed in, add the frozen cranberries and chunk chocolate. Beat on low until all the ingredients are incorporated. The batter will be very heavy.
    • Place about ¾ of the batter (915 grams) in the 9x5 pan. Smooth is flat and spread about ¾ of the chocolate crumbs (about 170 grams) evenly over the top, pressing them in lightly.
    • Place paper liners in 3 jumbo muffin wells or 6 regular size wells and divide the remaining batter and crumbs among them.
    • Bake the chocolate cranberry quick bread for about 70 to 75 minutes or until a tester comes out clean. Cover the top loosely with foil about ⅔ through. Bake the muffins about 28 to 30 minutes for the jumbos or 15 to 20 for the regular size.
    • Cool about 15 minutes before going around the sides of the loaf pan with a metal spatula and placing on a cooling rack. The muffins can be remove after about 1o minutes by lifting them out by the edge of the paper liners.
    • Either of these may be frozen, wrapped well and kept for 3 months or so. Thaw at room temperature.
    • Dust with powdered sugar before serving.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article. Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume. For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used. 
    ________________________________________________
    The cranberries have to be frozen before chopping and incorporated from the frozen state.
    Both semisweet chocolate and chocolate chunks are used. Chocolate chips can be substituted for the chocolate chunks if necessary.
    Dutch chocolate is used for its dark color and mellow taste. I don't suggest using natural cocoa as it requires different amounts of the leavening agents. 
    Six regular size muffins can be made instead of the 3 larger ones.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 12servingsCalories: 482kcalCarbohydrates: 57gProtein: 7gFat: 26gSaturated Fat: 15gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 7gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 92mgSodium: 256mgPotassium: 261mgFiber: 4gSugar: 31gVitamin A: 590IUVitamin C: 2mgCalcium: 96mgIron: 3mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Pumpkin Mousse Torte Recipe

    Modified: May 1, 2026 · Published: Oct 31, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 35 Comments

    Pumpkin Mousse with a graham cracker crust, cheesecake layer topped with pumpkin mousse finished with a wreath of whipped cream

    This Pumpkin Mousse Torte Recipe is exactly that new dessert you're looking to serve during the holidays. This was, without question, the most popular dessert we made at the bakery for the fall months including Thanksgiving. The crumb crust, topped with a cheesecake layer and finished with a light, but intense pumpkin mousse soon became everyone's favorite.

    This is an update of the original recipe that included raw eggs which I removed due to concerns about them. I found they were completely unnecessary as the torte is every bit as good without them.

    A slice of the Pumpkin Mousse Recipe sits on a beige and silver rimmed plate with the whole torte on a cake stand behind it.

    Pumpkin Mousse Recipe is an easily made dessert that can be made ahead and frozen. In fact, that is exactly how we sold them to our clientele when I had the bakery. It takes one more thing off of a busy to-do list for Thanksgiving.

    Looking for more than one fabulous dessert for the holidays? Here are a few more suggestions: Almost No Bake Pumpkin Tart, Cinnamon Bun Apple Pie, Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust (so much easier than a tradition pie), Butter-Rum Pecan Tart, Chocolate Caramel Pecan Tart, Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart with Caramel Rum Sauce, or try one of our snackables Cranberry Muffins Recipe, Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins (with a streusel top), the Pumpkin Cake Donut Recipe, the easiest ever Apple Cake Doughnuts and Fill Your Home With Autumn Baking.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Why You'll Love This Recipe

    • It's absolutely loaded with flavor.
    • Easy to make yet delicious and beautiful.
    • The Pumpkin Mousse Recipe is impressive looking and it will amaze your family and guests.
    • It can be made ahead and thawed in the fridge.
    • It's simply the best dessert for Thanksgiving when you're giving that pie a rest.

    How To Use The Leftover Pumpkin

    I know how irritating it is to use a portion of a product and be stuck with the rest. What are you supposed to do with it? Well I have some really tasty ideas to get you started. You can actually make several of these out of the remaining puree.

    • Make 3 times the recipe for the Pumpkin Pecan Scones - they are that good! Freeze some for a treat for breakfast, brunch or a snack. Thaw as needed.
    • The Pumpkin Mousse Torte is a perineal favorite that has been sitting at the top of Goggle since 2019. That should tell you a lot!
    • Make the Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins with a pecan streusel.
    • The Pumpkin Dinner Rolls Two Ways
    • Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart with Caramel Rum Sauce
    • Last Years favorite - (Almost) No Bake Pumpkin Tart
    • And don't forget about the really fast Pumpkin Cake Donut Recipe

    Recipe Ingredients

    Graham Cracker Crust

    Ingredients for the Pumpkin Mousse Recipe include graham crackers, unsalted butter and brown sugar.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, brown sugar

    BACK ROW: Graham Crackers

    Cheesecake Layer

    Ingredients for the cheesecake layer are cream cheese, vanilla, eggs and granulated sugar.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla extract, cream cheese

    BACK ROW: Granulated sugar, eggs and egg yolk

    Pumpkin Mousse Recipe

    The Pumpkin Mousse ingredients include gelatin, water, heavy cream, canned umpkin, powdered sugar, vanilla extract, salt, cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, and cloves.

    FRONT ROW: Vanilla extract, gelatin, nutmeg, ginger

    MIDDLE ROW: Salt, cinnamon, water, cloves

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar, canned pumpkin, heavy cream

    Whipped Cream Wreath

    The ingredients for the whipped cream wreath are powdered sugar and heavy cream.

    LEFT TO RIGHT: Powdered Sugar, heavy cream

    Key Ingredients

    • Not all graham crackers are made the same way. Consequently, some will take more or less butter to bind them. Because this crust is baked, it doesn't require as much butter as unbaked crusts. These should stick together when pressed into the pan.
    • Either light or dark brown sugar can be used.
    • Full fat or ⅓ less fat cream cheese can be used for the cream cheese layer.
    • Look for cans of pumpkin that say 100% or Real pumpkin. Libby has both labels. Some cans marked "pumpkin" use a different squash that is very much, in color and taste, like pumpkin but is actually kobacha also known as Japanese pumpkin.
    • While I used vanilla that cost $400 a gallon at the restaurant, I also used McCormick Imitation Vanilla for recipes heavy in chocolate or spices. McCormick Imitation Vanilla is fine here. See my post, The Making of Vanilla to learn more about the fascinating world of vanillas.
    • Heavy cream is higher in fat content, whips up better and holds with no stabilizers. We used it for fillings, to frost cakes and as an ingredient in other recipes. At no time did we stabilize it in any way - no gelatin, corn starch or anything. If frozen, it thawed beautifully. This only works with heavy or 40% cream.

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Graham Cracker Crust

    The first collage shows the crumbs for the crust, the butter added, the mixture being stirred and the finished crumbs in the pan.

    Step 1. Combine the crumbs and brown sugar in a bowl. Step 2. Add the melted butter. Step 3. Start mixing with a fork to moisten the crumbs. I usually end up using my hand because it's faster and does a better job. Step 4. Pour the crumbs into a cheesecake or springform pan that has been sprayed with a non-stick baking release.

    The final steps for the graham cracker crust include distributing the crumbs evenly in the pan, pressing them firmly into the bottom of the pan, using a spoon to seal the edges of the crumbs to the pan and the finished crust.

    Step 5. Distribute the crumbs evenly over the bottom of the pan. Step 6. Press them firmly into the bottom. Step 7. Using the back of a spoon, press the edges firmly into the side of the pan so no filling can leak under the crust. Step 8. This is what the finished crust should look like. Bake as called for.

    The Cheesecake Filling for the Pumpkin Mousse Recipe

    The cheesecake filling is made by processing the cream cheese, adding the sugar and vanilla, then the eggs and egg yolk and the last photo shows the prepared filling in the processor

    Step 9. Cut the room temperature cream cheese into 4 pieces and add it to the processor. Process until smooth. Step. 10. Add the sugar and vanilla, processing until smooth. Scrape down as necessary. Step 11. Add the whole eggs and yolk. Step 12. Process, until everything is combined and smooth. Make sure to scrape well so no lumps are left.

    For this collage the cheesecake filling is poured into the crust, the baked layer is in the pan, the heavy cream is in the mxing bowl and then beaten.

    Step 13. Pour the cream cheese layer over the baked crumb crust. Step 14. Bake as called for. It should be browned around the edge of the pan only. The top will be white with no wiggle. Cool completely before proceeding. Step 15. Pour the cream into the bowl of a mixer. Step 16. Using the whisk attachment, beat the cream until medium stiff peaks form. Do not beat to stiff peaks. Remove the cream to another bowl and set aside. There is no reason to clean the bowl before continuing.

    The Pumpkin Mousse Recipe

    This collage shows the gelatin in the water, then bloomed, the mousse ingredients in a mixing bowl and mixed.

    Step 17. Combine the water and gelatin. Stir together to moisten all of the gelatin. Step 18. Set aside to let it bloom. Step 19. Place all of the ingredients for the mousse except the cream and gelatin in the mixing bowl. (In this photo there are eggs. This is an updated version and they have been removed from this Pumpkin Mousse Recipe.) Step 20. Mix the ingredients just until combined. Liquify the gelatin in the microwave for a few seconds and pour it into over the ingredients. Immediately, mix it in completely but gently.

    In this collage, the cream has been returned to the bowl and is being folded in, it is poured over the cheesecake layer and smoothed out.

    Step 21. Return the whipped cream to the bowl and fold together. Step 22. Pour the mousse over the cheesecake layer Step 23. Using a small offset spatula, smooth out the filling. Step 24. The finished torte should be refrigerated overnight or for a couple of days.

    This collage shows the blow dryer about a quarter inch away from the pan to release the torte, the side of the pan slid down releasing the ak, the edge of the cake being pipied with whipping cream and the finished torte,

    Step 25. To release the cake go around the edge of pan with a blow dryer about a quarter inch away. This will gently heat the torte. Step 26. Place the pan on a wide can (a 28 ounce can is perfect) and slide the rim of the pan down. Place the torte on the table and use two pancake turners placed between the cake and the metal bottom. Lift it off onto a cake round or serving plate. Step 27. Whip the cream for the whipped cream wreath until fairly stiff. Fit a piping bag with a #5 or #6 open star and fill it with the cream. Pipe a wreath around the edge of the Pumpkin Mousse Recipe. Step 28. Sprinkle the wreath with coarsely chopped pecans if desired. Refrigerate until serving.

    It is best to freeze the Pumpkin Mousse Recipe without the whipped cream wreath as it can be damaged easily. Thaw it in the refrigerator overnight. Remove it from the pan if frozen in the pan and finish with the wreath.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    Who was the first President to pardon a turkey?

    George H.W. Bush in 1989.

    Are pumpkins a fruit or a vegetable?

    They are a fruit because they grow from a flower and contain seeds. The entire plant, including the flower and seeds can be eaten. The word pumpkin comes from the Greek word "pepon" meaning "large melon.

    What spices are contained in the traditional pumpkin spice?

    Cinnamon, ginger, nutmeg, cloves and sometimes allspice.

    Storage and Freezing

    The Pumpkin Mousse Recipe can be stored in the fridge for up to 4 days. It can be frozen for a month. If freezing it is best to do so without the whipped cream wreath around the edge. Simply freeze it in or out of it's pan then wrap it well in foil. Thaw it in the fridge then finish it.

    Expert Tips

    • I find a cheesecake pan is easier to use and from which to release the product. They are also easier to clean.Springform pans often have a ridge at the bottom that makes getting them off the bottom can be difficult.
    • Baking the graham crust bottom ensures it will not become soggy.
    • Make sure the cheesecake layer is fully baked with no jiggle.
    A singles slice of the torte sits on a cream colored plate rimmed in beige and sliver.

    Looking for More Great Holiday Desserts?

    • Pumpkin Cheesecake with Salted Caramel Sauce
      Pumpkin Cheesecake with Salted Caramel Sauce
    • Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust ready to eat.
      Cranapple Pie with a Pleated Crust
    • Cinnamon Bun Apple Pie slice on a plate with the pie plate in the background.
      Cinnamon Bun Apple Pie
    • The Banana Bread Bread Pudding sits in a white bowl covered with the bourbon pecan sauce on a yellow and white background.
      Banana Bread Bread Pudding

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Pumpkin Mousse with a graham cracker crust, cheesecake layer topped with pumpkin mousse finished with a wreath of whipped cream

    Pumpkin Mousse Torte Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    This Pumpkin Mousse Torte Recipe was the most popular dessert we made at the bakery for the fall months including Thanksgiving.  The crumb crust, topped with a cheesecake layer and finished with a light, but intense pumpkin mousse soon became everyone's favorite.
    4.67 from 3 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr 20 minutes mins
    Cook Time 30 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 50 minutes mins
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine American
    Servings 12 servings
    Calories 441 kcal

    Equipment

    • 1 9x3 cheesecake or springform pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Graham Cracker Crust

    • 1 ¼ cups graham cracker crumbs (140 grams)
    • ¼ cup brown sugar, packed (50 grams)
    • 4 tablespoons butter, melted (60 grams or ½ stick)

    Cheesecake Layer

    • 8 ounces cream cheese, softened (225 grams)
    • ¾ cup granulated sugar (150 grams)
    • 2 large eggs
    • 1 large egg yolk
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

    Pumpkin Mousse

    • 1 tablespoon gelatin
    • 5 tablespoons cold water
    • 1 ½ cups heavy cream
    • 2 ⅔ cups canned pumpkin (570 grams or 1 ¼ 15 oz. cans)
    • ⅔ cup powdered sugar (85 grams)
    • 2 teaspoons vanilla
    • ¾ teaspoon salt
    • 1 ¼ teaspoon cinnamon
    • ½ teaspoon ginger
    • ¼ teaspoon nutmeg
    • ⅛ teaspoon cloves

    Whipped Cream Decoration

    • 1 cup heavy cream
    • 3 tablespoons powdered sugar
    • pecan pieces as needed, optional

    Instructions
     

    Graham Cracker Crust

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Spray the bottom and sides of a 9x3" cheesecake or springform pan with a non-stick baking rlelease. Set aside.
    • If using ready made crumbs, combine them with the brown sugar. Mox well. Add the melted butter and mix with a fork to start coating the crumbs. After initially coating them, I use my hand to mix them as it is so much faster and better.
    • If using whole graham crackers, crush them between your hands and put them in the bowl of the food processor. Process to make crumbs, but do ot turn it to powder. Add the brown sugar and pulse several times to mix well. Transfer to a bowl, add themelted butter and stir with a fork to initially mix. As above, I prefer to finish with my hand but either way is fine.
    • In either case, arrange the crumbs evenly over the pan and press in firmly with the heel of your hand. Bake for 10 minutes.
    • There is no need to clean the processor bowl for the next step. Simply wipe it out with a paper towel.

    Cheesecake Layer

    • While the crust is baking, prepare the cheesecake layer. Cut the softened cream cheese into fourths. Place evenly around the processor. Process until it is smooth; add the granulated sugar and vanilla. Process until smooth, scraping down as necessary.
    • Add the eggs and yolk and process again until smooth. Scrape down well so no cream cheese is visible.
    • Pour over the crust and bake for 20 to 25 minutes until completely set. It will be somewhat browned along the edge of the crust but there should be no color on top and it will not jiggle. Remove from the oven immediately and cool completely before proceeding.

    Pumpkin Mousse

    • In a mixing bowl, beat the cram with a whisk attachment until medium peaks form. Do not beat until stiff or it will be difficult to fold in. Remove to a bowl and refrigerate until needed. There is no need to clean the bowl.
    • Combine the gelatin and cold water in a small bowl. Stir well and set aside to bloom.
    • In the same mixing bowl, add all of the ingredients except the whipped cream and gelatin. Mix briefly to combine.
    • Liquify the gelatin by heating it in the microwave for 5 to 10 seconds. With the mixer running, pour it in being careful to pour it between the edge of the bowl and the whisk. Mix for about a minute or two to make sure the gelatin is evenly incorporated.
    • Fold in the whipped cream. Pour it over the cheesecake layer and smooth out the top.
    • Refrigerate overnight or freeze at this point.

    Whipped Cream Wreath

    • Whip the cream and powdered sugar to the stiff peak stage. Fit a piping bag with a #5 or 6 open star tip. Pipe a wreath around the edge of the Pumpkin Mousse Torte and sprinkle with coarsely chopped pecans if using.
    • The torte can be refrigerated up to 3 days. Serve from the refrigerator.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    ___________________________________________________
    Not all graham crackers are made the same way. Consequently, some will take more or less butter to bind them. Because this crust is baked, it doesn't require as much butter as unbaked crusts. These should stick together when pressed into the pan.
    Either light or dark brown sugar can be used. 
    Full fat or ⅓ less fat cream cheese can be used for the cream cheese layer.
    Look for cans of pumpkin that say 100% or Real pumpkin. Libby has both labels. Some cans marked "pumpkin" use a different squash that is very much, in color and taste, like pumpkin but is actually kobacha also known as Japanese pumpkin.
    While I used vanilla that cost $400 a gallon at the restaurant, I also used McCormick Imitation Vanilla for recipes heavy in chocolate or spices. McCormick Imitation Vanilla is fine here. See my post, The Making of Vanilla to learn more about the fascinating world of vanillas.
    Heavy cream is higher in fat content, whips up better and holds with no stabilizers. We used it for fillings, to frost cakes and as an ingredient in other recipes. At no time did we stabilize it in any way - no gelatin, corn starch or anything. If frozen, it thawed beautifully. This only works with heavy or 40% cream.
    I find a cheesecake pan is easier to use and from which to release the product. They are also easier to clean. Springform pans often have a ridge at the bottom that makes getting them off the bottom can be difficult.
    Baking the graham crust bottom ensures it will not become soggy.

    Nutrition

    Serving: 12servingsCalories: 441kcalCarbohydrates: 40gProtein: 5gFat: 30gSaturated Fat: 18gPolyunsaturated Fat: 1gMonounsaturated Fat: 8gTrans Fat: 0.2gCholesterol: 116mgSodium: 323mgPotassium: 222mgFiber: 2gSugar: 32gVitamin A: 9618IUVitamin C: 3mgCalcium: 85mgIron: 1mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding

    Modified: May 1, 2026 · Published: Oct 21, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 5 Comments

    An individual Sticky Toffee Pudding sits in a puddle of Lemon Sauce in a yellow and white bowl.

    If you're looking for a low stress quickly made holiday dessert this Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding is not to be missed. While often thought of as overwhelmingly sweet, this one is not. The easily made individual sponge cakes are rich, moist, served warm with one of two sauces - traditional Toffee Sauce or a Lemon Rum sauce for a change.

    So why is this non traditional? Because the dates are cooked with a bit of Kahlua which enhances the taste and both sauces contain a bit of dark rum for depth.

    An individual Sticky Toffee Pudding sits in a puddle of Lemon Sauce in a yellow and white bowl.

    I had a bit of fun researching this recipe. I found it is steamed, it isn't steamed (at least not anymore), it has spices, oh, no it doesn't, it can be soaked in toffee sauce but doesn't have to be, it's served hot but can be served cold (if you are a bore), it is accompanied by whipped cream, no make that ice cream.

    The two things everyone agrees on it is made with dates that are softened in hot or boiling water and it is served with toffee sauce accompanied by whipped cream, creme anglaise, or ice cream or just toffee sauce. Or it used to be - now there's a Lemon Rum Sauce to go with it.

    Looking for another impressive dessert? Try these Tiramisu Parfaits.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    What's the best date for the Toffee Pudding?

    For the purposes of this recipe all dates are not created equal. The premier date is Fresh Medjool Dates. Native to Morocco, Medjool dates come from the date palm tree and are now grown in warm regions of the United States, the Middle East, South Asia, and Africa. There are a couple of great articles, 6 Benefits of Medjool Dates and Everything you Need to Know About Medjool Dates that fill you in on all the benefits of this amazing fruit.

    Fresh Medjool dates are not the same as dried dates and therein lies the difference for me. They are harvested at their peak of ripeness when their moisture content is high making them soft and chewy with a caramel like texture. On the other hand, "dried dates" are dehydrated making them firmer in texture and sweeter. I made this several times because the first time I used a package of dates found in the dried fruit department of the grocery store. I found it to be bland. So I went to my usual go-to Medjool dates and it made a big difference.

    Here are a few things to look for when preparing them to cook with:

    This collage on dates shows the package of Medjool dates, the dates out of the package, two dates one with the stem end, one withough and the date split open to show no seed.

    1. Medjool dates come pitted and with pits. I'm not sure about you but I have better things to do than pit dates. 2. The size of the dates is at least twice as big as other dates and they are moist as opposed to dry. 3. Look carefully at the dates as some of them still have their stem end on as you can see on the one on the left. On the right date, I have removed it. 4. The other thing to look for is the pit or stone. These dates are split from top to bottom so it is easy to open them to make sure there are no pits.

    What to do with the remaining dates?

    There are three really good ways to use these up. The first is the Crumb Topped Orange Date Muffins. While the recipe calls for 8 ounces, the remaining 6 ounces are fine. The second recipe is the fantastic and easy Date Nut Bread which makes a great ham and cheese sandwich. The final offering is the Orange Date Bread Pudding.

    This Toffee Pudding is:

    • Super Simple to make in a processor in just a couple of steps.
    • Packed with flavor and perfectly balanced.
    • Everything can be made ahead of time.
    • It simplicity belies the richness and complexity of taste.
    • Everyone loves and individual dessert and this one presents beautifully.

    Variations

    • Adding the grated zest of a medium size orange makes this an even more amazing dessert. It's one of my favorite things to do.
    • Also, the addition of ½ cup of coarsely chopped toasted walnuts or pecans adds a bit of texture with or without the orange zest.

    Recipe Ingredients

    Toffee Puddings

    The ingredients for the Non Traditional Toffee Pudding are:  Medjool dates, Kahlua liqueur, water, baking soda, all-purpose flour, baking powder, salt, unsalted butter, sugar, vanilla and eggs.

    FRONT ROW: Baking powder, salt, baking soda, vanilla

    MIDDLE ROW: Kahlua, eggs, unsalted butter, medjool dates

    BACK ROW: Brown sugar, all-purpose flour, water

    Toffee Sauce

    Ingredients for the Toffee sauce include:  Golden syrup, unsalted butter, dark rum, brown sugar, heavy cream.

    FRONT ROW: Golden Syrup (or honey or clear corn syrup), unsalted butter, dark rum ( such as Meyer's)

    BACK ROW: Dark brown sugar, heavy cream

    Lemon Sauce

    Ingredients for the Lemon Sauce include, lemon juice, sugar, water, unsalted butter, dark rum and salt.

    FRONT ROW: Unsalted butter, dark rum, cornstarch

    BACK ROW: Lemon juice, granulated sugar, water

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients and instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    The first collage for the Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding includes the the dates, water and Kahlua coming to a boil then transfered to the processor and processed.

    Step 1. Spray six jumbo muffin cups or 6 ounce ramekins or a 12 well muffin pan for smaller puddings with a non-stick baking release. Set aside. Place the dates, Kahlua, and water in a medium size saucepan with high sides as this will boil up quite high. Bring to a boil. Step 2. Remove from the heat and heat and add the baking soda. The liquid will rise up quickly and then subside. Step 3. Place the dates and liquid in the bowl of a food processor. Step 4. Process until pureed. Cool.

    This collage shows the flour, salt and baking powder in a bowl to be mixed, the eggs, butter, sugar and vanilla added to the bowl and mixed, the flour added and the final batter.

    Step 5. Add the baking powder and salt to the flour and whisk. Set aside. Step 6. Add the butter, eggs, brown sugar and butter to the processor bowl. Process until smooth. Step 7. Add the flour. Step 8. Pulse quickly 3 or 4 times just to mix the flour in. Do not over mix. Divide the mixture between the molds, using about ½ cup less 1 tablespoons per mold or 140 grams. Bake as directed.

    In this collage the batter has been poured into the molds and baked, they are being flattened with a measuring cup as they have domed ,and then they are turned out.

    Step 9. The puddings have domed and need to be flattened. Step 10. I found the best way to do this is to use a 1 cup measure about the size of the top of the molds. Step 11. As soon as they come from the oven, press down hard with the cup to flatten them. Wipe the bottom of the cup each time to prevent the cake from sticking to the cup. Do it again if necessary. Step 12. Cool for about 10 to 15 minutes and turn the puddings out onto a cooling rack to cool completely.

    The Lemon Sauce shows the sugar and cornstarch being mixed, all the ingredients in a medium pan, brought to a rolling boil and the finished sauce.

    Step 13. For the lemon sauce, whisk together the flour and baking powder in a medium size saucepan. Step 14. Add the remaining ingredients. Step 15. Bring to a boil while stirring. Stop stirring and let the sauce boil hard for 1 minute. 16. Remove from the heat and pour into a bowl.

    In this collage a skewer is making holes in the puddings, all six on the  tray are skewered, the sauce is poured into the pudding and da finished toffee pudding is covered with the lemon sauce in a yellow and white bowl.

    Step 17. With a skewer that is about ⅛ to ¼" thick, poke holes in the pudding. Rotate the skewer to widen the hole. Try not to go all the way through to the bottom of the puddings or the sauce will run out. Step 18. Continue until all of the puddings have been prepared. Step 19. Pour a large spoon of the lemon sauce over the top so it drips down into the holes. Let it sit for several minutes and repeat. Step 20. When serving, microwave each pudding for about 10 to 20 seconds to warm it up and then place it in a bowl and pour more sauce over it.

    Here you see the ingredients for the toffee sauce in a medium size pan, brought to a boil, then falling down and the finished sauce.

    Step 21. To make the toffee sauce, place everything but the cornstarch in a medium size sauce pan. Step 22. Bring the mixture to a rolling boil. Mix the cornstarch with the water and add it to the sauce. Bring it back to a boil and boil for 1 minute. Step 24. Pour the toffee sauce into a bowl. Pour a large spoonful over the prepared puddings and follow the instructions for the lemon sauce.

    Recipe FAQ'S

    What is the origin of sticky pudding?

    According to Wikipedia, "The pudding was invented in 1907 by the landlady of the Gait Inn in Millington, East Riding of Yorkshire, but was popularised in the 1970s by Francis Coulson and Robert Lee, who developed and served it at the Sharrow Bay Country House Hotel in Cumbria.[4][5]"

    If it's actually a cake why is it called a pudding?

    Because the English refer to desserts as puddings. They are not what Americans call puddings.

    Why is baking soda used with the dates?

    Dates are very fibrous. The baking soda softens the dates and break down the fibers allowing the dates to make a smooth paste. It also reacts with the acidic nature of the dates and brown sugar as well as aiding it the cake rising.

    This photograph shows a sticky toffee pudding enveloped in toffee sauce on a white plate.

    More Yummy Puddings

    • The Banana Bread Bread Pudding sits in a white bowl covered with the bourbon pecan sauce on a yellow and white background.
      Banana Bread Bread Pudding
    • Orange Date Bread Pudding with Hard Sauce drizzled on
      Orange Date Bread Pudding
    • Orange Bread Pudding
      Orange Bread Pudding
    • The Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding is shown partial opened up with a blubeberry sauce dripping down it on a white plate,
      Easy Lemon Cheesecake Bread Pudding

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    An individual Sticky Toffee Pudding sits in a puddle of Lemon Sauce in a yellow and white bowl.

    Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding

    Helen S. Fletcher
    If you're looking for a low stress quickly made holiday dessert this Non Traditional Sticky Toffee Pudding this recipe is not to be missed.
    4.50 from 2 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 1 hour hr 15 minutes mins
    Cook Time 25 minutes mins
    Total Time 1 hour hr 40 minutes mins
    Course Dessert
    Cuisine English
    Servings 6 servings
    Calories 995 kcal

    Equipment

    • A 6 well jumbo muffin pan or 6 6 ounce ramekins or a 12 well regular muffin pan
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Toffee Pudding Sponge

    • 6 ounces Medjool dates (170 grams)
    • ⅓ cup Kahlua liqueur
    • ⅞ cup water (1 cup less 2 tablespoons)
    • 1 teaspoon baking soda
    • ¾ cup brown sugar, light or dark (150 grams)
    • 2 large eggs
    • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter, softened (60 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla, McCormick artificial is fine
    • 1 ¼ cup all-purpose flour (170 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • ¼ teaspoon salt

    Lemon Rum Sauce

    • 1 cup granulated sugar (200 grams)
    • 1 ½ tablespoons cornstarch
    • ¾ cup water
    • ¼ cup dark rum (such as Meyers)
    • ⅓ cup lemon juice, freshly squeezed
    • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter (60 grams)

    Toffee Rum Sauce

    • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter (60 grams)
    • ½ cup heavy cream
    • 1 cup dark brown sugar (200 grams)
    • ¼ cup dark rum (such as Meyers)
    • ¼ cup golden syrup, corn syrup or honey
    • 1 ½ tablespoons cornstarch
    • 2 tablespoons water

    Instructions
     

    Toffee Pudding Sponge

    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Spray the jumbo or regular muffin cups or ramekins with a non-stick baking spray and set aside.
    • Place the dates, Kahlua and water in a medium size saucepan with high sides. Bring to a boil. Remove from the heat and add the baking soda. the liquid will rise up quickly and then subside.
    • Place the dates and liquid in the bowl of a food processor. Process until completely smooth. Cool before continuing.
    • Combine the flour, baking powder and salt. Set aside.
    • Place the butter, eggs, sugar and vanilla in the bowl of the processor with the dates. Process until well mixed.
    • Add the flour to the processor and pulse 3 or 4 times quickly just to mix the flour in. Do not over process.
    • Divide the batter between the six containers using about ½ cup less a tablespoon or 140 grams. If using the smaller muffin pans use a scant ¼ cup or about 70 grams.
    • Place in the oven and bake the larger ones for 22 to 26 minutes until a tester comes out mostly clean and the tops bounce back when lightly touched. Bake the smaller ones about 12 to 15 minutes.
    • Immediately upon removing from the oven, use a 1 cup dry measuring cup to press down the humpy middle to flatten the puddngs. Repeat if necessary to flatten the tops. Use a smaller cup for the smaller puddings.
    • Cool about 10 minutes and then release the puddings, leaving them upside down. Place on a cooling rack to cool completely.

    Lemon Sauce

    • Combine the sugar and cornstarch in a medium saucepan. Add the remaining ingredients and place over medium heat.
    • Stirring constantly, bring to a boil and boil hard for 1 minutes. Remove from the heat and pour into a container to cool. Store in the refrigerator.

    Toffee Sauce

    • Place everything but the cornstarch and 2 tablespoons water in a medium size saucepan over medium heat. Bring to a boil and boil for 5 minutes.
    • Add the cornstarch to the water, stirring well. Add to the toffee sauce in the pan, and bring it back to a boil stirring constantly. Boil for 1 minute. Remove from the heat and pour into a container to cool. Refrigerate if not using at once.
    • Using a wooden skewer about ⅛" to ¼" wide, poke about 5 holes in the puddings but not going through the bottom. Pour a large serving spoon full of one of the sauces on top of the cake. Wait a few minutes for it to dribble down into the holes and repeat once more.
    • To serve: Warm the puddings in the microwave for about 20 to 25 seconds each if room temperature. If heating a lot, preheat the oven to 350°F. oven. Place them on a baking pan lined with parchment paper. Cover the pan with foil, poking a hole in the middle. Heat for 10 to 15 minutes until vey warm.
    • Serve with one of the sauces generously poured over.
    • The puddings can be stored covered for a couple of days at room temperature. Heat them as above and warm the sauces before serving.
    • The puddings can be frozen, well wrapped for several months. Thaw at room temperature then heat as called for above before serving. he sauces can be made a week ahead and refrigerated.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _________________________________________________
    Adding the grated zest of a medium size orange makes this an even more amazing dessert. It's one of my favorite things to do.
    Also, the addition of ½ cup of coarsely chopped toasted walnuts or pecans adds a bit of texture with or without the orange zest.
    The only caveat is to take care not to over process the batter after the flour is added.   or 4 quick pulses is all that is needed. 
    Medjool dates are important to the best outcome of this dessert.
    McCormick's artificial vanilla is fine to use here. 
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 6servingsCalories: 995kcalCarbohydrates: 160gProtein: 6gFat: 32gSaturated Fat: 20gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 8gTrans Fat: 1gCholesterol: 145mgSodium: 406mgPotassium: 375mgFiber: 3gSugar: 133gVitamin A: 1124IUVitamin C: 5mgCalcium: 147mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!

    Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Recipe

    Modified: Apr 23, 2026 · Published: Oct 14, 2025 by Helen S Fletcher · This post may contain affiliate links · 8 Comments

    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.

    These Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones are perfect for breakfast, brunch or snack. Quickly made with tons of warm spices and toasted pecans, these are finished with an orange glaze and pecans and sanding sugar for a bit of crunch.

    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.

    One of the best things about these scones is they are more cake like and moist. While good the day they are made, they're good the second day too! Want fresh scones for breakfast? Simply freeze these, unbaked, bake and finish. Or, freeze the completed to make things even easier for a breakfast treat.

    Looking for more Thanksgiving morning recipe ideas? Check out Recipes for a Stress-Free Thanksgiving Morning.

    [feast_advanced_jump_to]

    Are Scones Hard to Make?

    Emphatically, NO!! When I research a recipe I want to make, I read as much as I can and over and over people think they are hard. As you will see in this recipe, in just a couple of steps in the processor and you're on your way to a delicious treat.

    Keys to Perfect Scones

    • The butter should be frozen rock hard so pieces of the butter remain visible after mixing. I am not of the school that does this by hand.
    • Process or mix the dough just until it comes together.
    • Knead it lightly into a round.
    • If cutting into rounds, do not twist the cutter or the scones will not bake up straight.
    • Keep the dough cold as much as possible. This isn't hard because it's so quick to make - especially if a processor is used. Pop it in the fridge or freezer if it warms.
    • Since the dough is going to be sticky, shape it into a round, flatten it then freeze it for 30 to 40 minutes until it's throughly cold and beginning to freeze around the edges. Then cut it with a knife for triangles or a cookie cutter for rounds or shapes. Wipe the knife between cuts with a paper towel to keep it clean. No need to rinse - wiping will do. This will make clean cuts for a better looking scone.
    • Triangles are easier and faster as there are no re-rolls.
    • A relatively high oven temperature will allow for the butter pieces to melt quickly providing the steam, along with the baking powder and soda to lift the scones.

    What To Do with the Leftover Pumpkin Puree?

    I know how irritating it is to use a portion of a product and be stuck with the rest. What are you supposed to do with it? Well I have some really tasty ideas to get you started. You can actually make several of these out of the remaining puree.

    • Make 3 times the recipe for the Pumpkin Pecan Scones - they are that good! Freeze some for a treat for breakfast, brunch or a snack. Thaw as needed.
    • The Pumpkin Mousse Torte is a perineal favorite that has been sitting at the top of Goggle since 2019. That should tell you a lot!
    • Make the Really Easy Pumpkin Muffins with a pecan streusel.
    • The Pumpkin Dinner Rolls Two Ways
    • Pumpkin Cheesecake Tart with Caramel Rum Sauce
    • Last Years favorite - (Almost) No Bake Pumpkin Tart
    • And don't forget about the really fast Pumpkin Cake Donut Recipe

    Recipe Ingredients

    Pumpkin Pecan Scones

    Ingredients for the Pumpkin Pecan Scone Recipe are:  Pumpkin puree, an egg, sour cream, vanilla, all-purpose flour, brown sugar, baking powder, baking soda, salt, spices and butter.

    FRONT ROW: Cinnamon, baking soda, ginger, salt and cloves

    SECOND ROW: Vanilla extract, unsalted butter, baking powder, nutmeg

    THIRD ROW: Sour cream, toasted pecans, egg

    BACK ROW: Brown sugar, all-purpose flour, pumpkin puree

    Orange Glaze

    Ingredients for the Orange Glaze are:  Powdered sugar, orange zest, sanding sugar and toasted pecans.

    FRONT ROW: Sanding sugar, orange zest, toasted pecans, orange juice

    BACK ROW: Powdered sugar

    Be sure to see the recipe card below for the full ingredients & instructions.

    Step by Step Instructions

    Chop the nuts - see my post Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way. Cut the butter into small pieces and freeze it rock hard.

    The first collage shows a cardboard circle on waxed paper, drawn around, dry ingredients i the processor, and processed.

    Step 1. Draw around an 8" cardboard cake round or a plate on a piece of waxed or parchment paper. Step 2. Remove the round and set aside. Step 3. Place the all-purpose flour, spices, baking powder, baking soda, and brown sugar in the bowl of a food processor. Step 4. Process briefly until mixed.

    The second collage shows the frozen butter over the flour mixture, cut in with pieces off butter visible, the pumpkin puree, egg, sour cream and vanilla added and mixed.

    Step 5. Distribute the cut up frozen butter over the flour mixture. Step 6. Process very briefly, leaving some of the butter in larger pieces. Step 7. Add the pumpkin puree, sour cream, egg and vanilla to the bowl. Step 8. Pulse in the ingredients to form a shaggy batter.

    This collages, shows the finished batter with the pecans added, it's turned out onto a lightly floured table, shaped into a round placed inside the circle on the waxed paper and patted out to fill the round.

    Step 9. Add the pecans and process very briefly to mix the dough. Step 10. Turn the dough out onto a lightly floured surface. Step 11. Knead briefly to make a smooth ball. Place the ball inside the circle drawn on waxed or parchment paper. Step 12. Pat the dough out evenly to the edges of the circle.

    This collage shows the waxed paper with the patted out round placed on a baking sheet, then cut into 8 wedges which are placed on a baking sheet and then baked.

    Step 13. Place the paper on a baking sheet and freeze for 20 to 30 minutes or until the edges are just frozen but it is not hard throughout. This will make it much easier to cut cleanly. Step 14. Cut the circle of dough into 8 pieces. Step 15. Place them on a parchment lined baking sheet. Step 16. Immediately bake as called for. Cool completely before glazing.

    The last collage shows the glaze  with the toasted pecans and sanding sugar mixed in a bowl, the orange zest over the powdered sugar, the glaze mixed and the scones on a cooling rack glazed and sprinkled with the pecan/sugar mixture,

    Step 17. Mix the reserved toasted pecans and the sanding sugar in a small bowl. Set aside. Step 18. Add the orange zest to the powdered sugar in a medium bowl. Step 19. Add 2 tablespoons of orange juice to the bowl and stir. If the glaze is too loose, add a bit more orange juice a teaspoon at a time. Step 20. Place a cooling rack over waxed or parchment paper. Spread the cooled, baked scones out on the rack. Using a large serving spoon scoop up a spoonful and pour it over the center of the scone lengthwise. Spread it over the scone and let it run over the sides. Glaze a couple at a time and immediately sprinkle with the pecan/sugar mixture. Repeat until they are all glazed. Let the glaze dry completely. Store in a covered container if not serving right away or freeze.

    Recipe FAQS

    Where did scones originate?

    Scones most likely originated from Scotland. The first print reference dates back to 1513 and is from a Scottish poet.

    When are scones most eaten?

    It depends upon where you live. In England and the former or current related countries, they are most usually eaten at "tea" which is around four o'clock in the afternoon. They are usually served with clotted cream and jam. In the US they are eaten for breakfast, brunch and as a snack since we don't do "tea".

    What's the difference between American and English Scones?

    English scones are pretty straight forward without a lot of embellishments although they may contain raisins or currants. In America we use more butter, and a lot more add ins of all kinds.

    Storage and Freezing

    The baked and glazed scones can be held under a cover for a day or two. They are best within 2 days.

    They can also be frozen unbaked. Just add a bit more time when baking. In addition, they can be baked, glazed and finished then frozen until hard. Wrap them individually in foil and place in freezer proof bags. Thaw at room temperature. The glaze will initially be wet but will dry as they thaw out.

    Expert Tips

    • Some cans of pumpkin puree use a different squash that is very much in color and taste like pumpkin but is actually kobacha also known as Japanese pumpkin. Try to get pure pumpkin puree which is sold by Libby marked 100% Pure Pumpkin. I have found it to the thicker than the kobacha.
    • Using the McCormick imitation vanilla is fine here as there are so many spices the pure vanilla is a waste of money.
    • Either dark or light brown sugar can be used. Dark brown adds more flavor.
    • When you knead the dough a few times to make a smooth ball, do not push hard on it. Keep a light hand and it will not stick to the surface so less flour can be used. Just remember that flour is going into the scone. The dough should remain a bit tacky on the outside.
    • 1 large orange will yield enough zest for the glaze.
    A plate of scones with one on top broken open to show the interior of the scone.

    Looking for more quick treats?

    • Pumpkin cake donuts on a plate with a cup of tea.
      Pumpkin Cake Donut Recipe
    • Apple Fritters with Speculass Spice
      Apple Fritters with Speculaas Spice
    • Cranberry Orange Muffins in three sizes, mini, regular and Texas on a gray plate with a red napkin.
      A Cranberry Orange Muffin
    • Breakfast Scone
      Breakfast Scones - An Easy Morning Treat

    A lot of work goes into each of my recipes and my only ask is that if you like the recipe or even the looks of it, please leave me a star rating to help me rank better.  It’s important and I appreciate it and I appreciate you.  

    Eight Pumpkin Pecan Scones sit on a white plate with mugs and spoons in the background.

    Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones Recipe

    Helen S. Fletcher
    These Simple Pumpkin Pecan Scones are the perfect breakfast, brunch or snack. Quickly made with tons of warm spices and toasted pecans, these are finished with an orange glaze, pecans and sanding sugar for a bit of crunch.
    5 from 3 votes
    Print Recipe Pin Recipe
    Prep Time 40 minutes mins
    Cook Time 15 minutes mins
    Total Time 55 minutes mins
    Course Breakfast/brunch
    Cuisine American
    Servings 8 scones
    Calories 412 kcal
    Prevent your screen from going dark

    Ingredients

    Pumpin Pecan Scones

    • ½ cup unsalted butter, cut and frozen (114 grams)
    • ½ cup pecans, divided (60 grams)
    • 1 ¾ cup all-purpose flour (240 grams)
    • 1 ½ teaspoon cinnamon
    • ¾ teaspoon ginger
    • ½ teaspoon nutmeg
    • ¼ teaspoon cloves
    • 1 teaspoon baking powder
    • ½ teaspoon baking soda
    • ½ teaspoon table salt
    • ⅓ cup brown sugar (65 grams)
    • ½ cup canned pumpkin puree
    • 1 large egg
    • ¼ cup sour cream (55 grams)
    • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract (McCormick is fine)

    Orange Glaze

    • 1 ½ cup powdered sugar (200 grams)
    • 1 tablespoon orange zest
    • 2 to 3 tablespoons orange juice
    • 2 tablespoons reserved toasted pecans
    • 2 tablespoons sanding sugar

    Instructions
     

    Pumpkin Pecan Scones

    • Cut the butter into small pieces and freeze hard.
    • Preheat the oven to 350°F. Line a sheet pan with parchment paper. Set aside. Toast the pecans for 7 to 9 minutes depending on the size. Cool then chop. See my post, Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way. Reserve 2 tablespoons. Turn the oven off.
    • Place the flour, spices, baking powder, baking soda, salt, and brown sugar in the bowl of a food processor. Process briefly to mix.
    • Place the frozen butter over the dry ingredients. Process very briefly, leaving some of the butter in larger pieces.
    • Add the pumpkin puree, egg, sour cream, and vanilla to the bowl and process with pulses to bring together.
    • Add the pecans and process very briefly to mix into a shaggy dough. Do not over mix. The dough will be sticky. Do not add additional flour. That is how it should be,
    • Lightly flour a work surface and place the dough on the flour. Knead the dough to form a smooth, round ball. Use a very light touch and do not press hard on the dough. It should come together in 7 or 8 turns.
    • Place the dough ball in the center of the circle on the waxed or parchment paper. Press it out evenly to reach the edges of the circle.
    • Preheat the oven to 400°F.
    • Pick up the paper and place it in a baking sheet. Freeze for 20 to 30 minutes or until the edges are fairly hard. Don't freeze the disc hard.
    • Remove from the freezer and place the paper on a flat surface. Cut into 8 triangles. Place them on the parchment line baking sheet.
    • Bake for 12 to 15 minutes until they are lightly browned but still a bit soft.
    • Cool completely on a rack.

    Glazing the Scones

    • Combine the reserved 2 tablespoons pecans with the sanding sugar. Set aside.
    • Add the orange zest to the powdered sugar in a medium size bowl. Add 2 tablespoons of the orange juice and stir to combine. If the glaze is too thick add a teaspoon of orange juice at a time to thin it.
    • Using a large serving spoon, scoop some of the glaze up and place it from the top to the bottom in the center of the cooled scone. Spread it out and let it run down the sides.
    • After glazing 2 or 3 scones, sprinkle with the pecan/sugar mix so it adheres to the wet glaze. Let dry.
    • The scones can be covered and stored at room temperature for a day or so. They can also be frozen unbaked and baked from the freezer by adding a bit more time or they can be finished, including glazing and finishing. Thaw at room temperature.

    Notes

    There is always an abundance of photos to guide you in the post above.  If you have questions, look at the photos or read the header of the article.  Many of them will be answered there. 
    As always, I recommend using a scale for accuracy and consistency.  Flour, in particular, is difficult to measure by volume.  For my recipes, I use 140 grams per cup of unsifted  all-purpose, bread or whole wheat flour and 125 grams of cake flour. Others may use different weights so use whatever they suggest.
    Unless otherwise noted, salt refers to table salt.
    ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­Nutrition information provided is an estimate and will vary based on cooking methods and brands of ingredients used.
    _________________________________________________
    • Some cans of pumpkin puree use a different squash that is very much in color and taste like pumpkin but is actually kobacha also known as Japanese pumpkin. Try to get pure pumpkin puree which is sold by Libby marked 100% Pure Pumpkin. I have found it to the thicker than the kobacha.
    • Using the McCormick imitation vanilla is fine here as there are so many spices the pure vanilla is a waste of money.
    • Either dark or light brown sugar can be used. Dark brown adds more flavor.
    • When you knead the dough a few times to make the smooth ball, do not push hard on it. Keep a light hand and it will not stick to the surface so less flour can be used. Just remember that flour is going into the scone. The dough should remain a bit tacky on the outside. 
    • 1 large orange will yield enough zest for the glaze. 
    • The butter should be frozen rock hard so pieces of the butter remain viseable after mixing. I am not of the school that does this by hand.
    • Process or mix the dough just until it comes together. 
    • If cutting into rounds, do not twist the cutter or the scones will not be straight. 
    • Keep the dough cold as much as possible. This isn't hard because it's so quick to make - especially if a processor is used. 
    • Since the dough is going to be sticky, shape it into a round, flatten it then freeze it for 30 to 40 minutes until it is throughly cold and beginning to freeze around the edges. Then cut it with a knife for triangles or a cookie cutter for rounds or shapes. Wipe the knife between cuts with a paper towel to keep it clean. No need to rinse - wiping will do. This will make clean cuts for a better looking scone. 
    • A relatively high oven temperature will allow for the butter pieces to melt quickly providing the steam, along with the baking powder and soda to lift the scones.
     

    Nutrition

    Serving: 8sconesCalories: 412kcalCarbohydrates: 59gProtein: 5gFat: 18gSaturated Fat: 9gPolyunsaturated Fat: 2gMonounsaturated Fat: 6gTrans Fat: 0.5gCholesterol: 58mgSodium: 284mgPotassium: 134mgFiber: 2gSugar: 35gVitamin A: 2833IUVitamin C: 4mgCalcium: 70mgIron: 2mg
    Tried this recipe?Mention @helensfletcher or tag #pastrieslikeapro!
    • 1
    • 2
    • 3
    • …
    • 14
    • Next Page »

    Hi, I'm Helen! Being a self-taught baker and owning a bakery for over 25 years, I found many ways to make baking more successful and less intimidating. Even busy people can bake as in many cases, recipes can be done over days. The goal is to make your baking life easier, more enjoyable, with great outcomes on a consistent basis.

    More about me →

    Subscribe to receive our free ebook

    SUBSCRIBE

    Spring Baking

    • Slices of the Strawberry Cake sit on a marble plate with fresh strawberries.
      Strawberry Cake - A Little Slice of Heaven
    • Irish Apple Cake dusted with powdered sugar on a white and green tray
      Irish Apple Cake
    • Blueberry poke cake is a 9x13" cake that has holes poked in it and filled with a blueberry compote. It is finished with whipped cream and blueberry filling
      Blueberry Lemon Poke Cake
    • An Individual Italian Tiramisu sits on a cream colored plate and dark beige and silver trim with a cup of tea and a plater of tiramisu in the background,
      Individual Italian Tiramisu
    • A whole coffee cake muffin sits on a wite plate with a colored mug on the plate and more muffins in the background.
      Coffee Cake Muffins (Bakery-Style & Moist)
    • Chocolate Strawberry Mousse Torte on a golden plate.
      Chocolate Strawberry Mousse Torte

    Popular Recipes

    • This Mini Pineapple Upside Down Cake features a pineapple slice with a cherry in the middle on top of a yellow cake sitting on a blue and white plate.
      Mini Pineapple Upside Down Cakes
    • A plate of Cuccidati, fig and nut filled Italian Cookies sprinkled with multi-colored nonpariels.
      Cuccidati - Italy's Finest Cookie
    • This picture shows a slice of the coffee cake on a white, lace edged plate on a marble counter.
      Apricot Crumb Coffee Cake
    • Langue de Chat cookies in a bowl.
      Langue de Chat
    • Angel food Cake
      Perfectly Easy Angel Food Cake
    • Large nut pieces for Chopping Nuts
      Chopping Nuts - A Quicker Way

    Available Now

    Available on Amazon, Barnes & Noble, Apple Books, as well as other sites and in book stores.
    AUTOGRAPHED COPIES ARE AVAILABLE
    Click here to purchase an autographed copy.

    Footer

    ↑ back to top

    About

    • About Helen
    • Privacy Policy

    Newsletter

    • Sign Up! for emails and updates

    Contact

    • Contact
    • Press
    • Facebook
    • Pinterest
    • Instagram
    • Threads
    • Bluesky

    COPYRIGHT © 2026 PASTRIES LIKE A PRO

    Rate This Recipe

    Your vote:




    A rating is required
    A name is required
    An email is required